Parking Generation Manual 5th Edition

Parking Generation Manual
5th Edition
JANUARY 2019
INSTITUTE OF TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERS

Parking Generation Manual
5th Edition
INSTITUTE OF TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERS

USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
NOTICE OF LICENSE:
BY PURCHASING THIS PRODUCT, YOU BECOME A LICENSEE AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS
OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT. This license covers the Work supplied by ITE and governs your use of the Work
as Licensee.
IMPORTANT: Parking Generation Manual (“the Work”) is a copyrighted work owned and published by the Institute
of Transportation Engineers (ITE) and may be used and reproduced only in accordance with the terms of this License
Agreement. The Work is now and will continue to be owned by ITE and is being made available to you in accordance
with this Agreement, under which you agree to become a “Licensee.”
This Agreement authorizes you (the customer and Licensee) to make non-published copies of portions of the Work,
as set out below, provided you do not reproduce the Work in an unauthorized fashion, and that you do not display,
republish, sell, or otherwise interfere with ITE’s copyright ownership in the Work. YOU MAY NOT COPY THE WORK
IN ANY MANNER WHICH VIOLATES THIS LICENSE. IF YOU ARE NOT AN EMPLOYEE OR AGENT OF A
LICENSEE OF THE WORK, YOU HAVE NO RIGHT TO COPY, MANIPULATE, ALTER, OR OTHERWISE CHANGE
THE WORK IN ANY MANNER. IF YOU ARE AN EMPLOYEE OR AGENT OF A LICENSEE OF THIS WORK, YOU
HAVE A LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY TO KNOW AND FOLLOW THE TERMS OF THE LICENSE, AS FOLLOWS:
Notices of Intellectual Property Rights. You agree to ensure that a visible and conspicuous copyright notice be
visible on any copies of the work made by you and/or when the Work is displayed electronically. Such notice, if
not already present on the copies or displayed version of the Work, shall state: “Copyright ® 2019 by Institute of
Transportation Engineers.” By entering into this License Agreement, you acknowledge and agree that ITE is the sole
owner of all rights in the Work, including all copyrights.
Warranties. All warranties of merchantability or fitness of use for a particular purpose, express or implied, except
for those contained in this agreement, are waived by you as Licensee. The Work is licensed to you “as is.” Works
and ITE does not guarantee that the Work will meet “all requirements” of your business or profession. ITE shall
not be responsible for any damages, consequential or otherwise, that may be suffered by you as Licensee or your
employees or agents in the use of the Work. (Such damages shall include but not be limited to lost profits, lost sales,
all actions lying in tort, or any other cause of action arising out of the use of the Work.)
Termination. This license shall also terminate immediately if you as Licensee do not comply directly or indirectly with
any term of this License Agreement, including but not limited to non-payment of license fees, unauthorized copying,
or unauthorized modification of the Work in any manner. You may terminate this license at any time by so indicating in
writing to ITE and destroying all copies of the Work or by returning the Work to ITE. Use of the Work after termination
is not authorized by ITE and shall be considered by ITE to be infringement of its intellectual property rights, in addition
to any rights that may accrue to ITE by such use.
Assignments, Transfers. You may not assign this license Agreement, the rights, duties, and obligations in this
License Agreement, nor may you assign the Work without permission from ITE.
Copying; display. You may copy portions of the Work at no charge as you may need from time to time in order
to carry out your professional work. You may not copy, reproduce in any format, display, manipulate, publish, or
otherwise change and/or interfere with the Work in a manner that would allow the public or any non-private gathering
or audience to see or have access to the Work or any portion of the Work. No person acting on your behalf may
violate the terms of this License Agreement. You agree that only employees and/or agents who understand the basic
terms of this License and who are aware of ITE’s ownership of the Work, including all copies of the Work, shall have
access to the Work.
ii Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition

Audits. ITE may make reasonable examinations and inquiries of your use of the Work to ascertain that you are complying
with the limitations upon copying and other uses of the Work as stated in this License Agreement. If any such examination
or inquiry reveals noncompliance with the terms of this License Agreement, ITE may terminate this agreement.
Injunctive Relief. As Licensee, you acknowledge that misuse, copying, or disclosure of the Work will give rise to
irreparable injury to ITE, and leave ITE inadequately compensable in damages. Accordingly, ITE may seek and obtain
injunctive relief against your breach or threatened breach, of this License Agreement, in addition to any other legal
remedies, such as suit for copyright infringement, which may be available to ITE. As Licensee, you also acknowledge
and agree that the terms contained within this Agreement are necessary for the protection of ITE’s legitimate
business interests and are reasonable in scope and content.
If you have questions about the terms of this License Agreement, please e-mail or telephone ITE at the following address:
Institute of Transportation Engineers

1627 Eye Street, NW, Suite 600
Washington, DC 20006 USA
Phone: +1 202-785-0060
E-mail: ite_staff@ite.org
iii
Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition
The Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) is an international membership association of transportation
professionals who work to improve safety and mobility for all transportation system users and help build smart
and livable communities. Through its products and services, ITE promotes professional development and career
advancement for its members, supports and encourages education, identifies necessary research, develops technical
resources including standards and recommended practices, develops public awareness programs, and serves as a
conduit for the exchange of professional information. ITE develops the next generation of transportation professionals
through its K–12 STEM program and its more than 150 student chapters.
Founded in 1930, ITE is a community of transportation professionals including, transportation engineers,

transportation planners, consultants, educators, technologists, and researchers. Through meetings, seminars,
publications, and a network of more than 15,500 members working in more than 90 countries, ITE connects you to a
world of ideas, people, and resources.

Washington, DC 20006 USA
Telephone: 202-785-0060
Fax: 202-785-0609
www.ite.org
© 2019 Institute of Transportation Engineers. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced,
distributed, or transmitted in any form or by any means, including storing in a retrieval system, photocopying,
recording, or other electronic or mechanical methods, without the prior written permission of the publisher, except in
the case of brief quotations embodied in critical reviews and certain other noncommercial uses permitted by copyright
law. Please refer to User License Agreement. For permission requests, write to the publisher at the above address.
Publication No. IR-034D

500/OMNI/0319
ISBN-10: 1-933452-95-1
ISBN-13: 978-1-933452-95-1
Printed in the United States of America
First Printing
iv Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition

Table of Contents
Preface....................................................... ix Chapter 4. Database Description............ 17

Data Sources...........................................17
Acknowledgments..................................... x
Data Age..................................................17
Chapter 1. Introduction............................. 1 Filtered Data Subsets...............................17
Purpose.....................................................1 Settings....................................................18
Contents....................................................1
Chapter 5. Parking Demand
Cautions.....................................................1 Data Summaries....................................... 21
Organization...............................................2 Land Use Description Pages....................21
Update Procedure......................................2 Text and Tables........................................21
Questions and Comments..........................3 Parking Demand Data Plots.....................21
Parking Demand Statistics.......................22
Chapter 2. Changes Since......................... 5
the 4th Edition Cautions...................................................23
ITEParkGen Web App................................5
Chapter 6. Land Use Descriptions
Land Use Codes........................................5 and Data Plots.......................................... 25
Definitions of Terms, Independent
Variables, and Time Periods.................6 Appendix A: Data Sources.................... 803
Land Use Subcategory...............................7
Appendix B: Seasonal Variation Data.... 809
Setting........................................................7
Land Uses with One Data Point.................7 Appendix C: Parking Generation
Data Collection....................................... 815
Chapter 3. Definition of Terms.................. 9
Setting/Location.........................................9
Time Periods............................................10
Independent Variables.............................10
Land Use Subcategories..........................12
Data Page Terms.....................................13
Land Use Description Page Terms...........15
v
Land Use Codes
Port and Terminal 433 Batting Cages

021 Commercial Airport 435 Multipurpose Recreational Facility
090 Park-and-Ride Lot with Bus or 437 Bowling Alley
Light Rail Service 438 Billiard Hall
440 Adult Cabaret
Industrial 441 Live Theater
110 General Light Industrial 444 Movie Theater
130 Industrial Park 445 Multiplex Movie Theater
140 Manufacturing 464 Roller Skating Rink
150 Warehousing 465 Ice Skating Rink
151 Mini-Warehouse 466 Snow Ski Area
170 Utility 473 Casino/Video Lottery Establishment
180 Specialty Trade Contractor 481 Zoo
482 Water Slide Park
Residential 488 Soccer Complex
220 Multifamily Housing (Low-Rise) 490 Tennis Courts
221 Multifamily Housing (Mid-Rise) 491 Racquet/Tennis Club
222 Multifamily Housing (High-Rise) 492 Health/Fitness Club
223 Affordable Housing 493 Athletic Club
252 Senior Adult Housing—Attached 495 Recreational Community Center
253 Congregate Care Facility
254 Assisted Living Institutional
255 Continuing Care Retirement 520 Elementary School
Community
522 Middle School/Junior High School
530 High School
Lodging
536 Private School (K-12)
310 Hotel
538 School District Office
311 All Suites Hotel
540 Junior/Community College
312 Business Hotel
550 University/College
320 Motel
560 Church
330 Resort Hotel
561 Synagogue
562 Mosque
Recreational
565 Day Care Center
411 Public Park
580 Museum
420 Marina
590 Library
430 Golf Course
595 Convention Center
vi Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition

Medical 862 Home Improvement Superstore
610 Hospital 863 Electronics Superstore
612 Surgery Center 864 Toy/Children’s Superstore
620 Nursing Home 866 Pet Supply Superstore
630 Clinic 867 Office Supply Superstore
640 Animal Hospital/Veterinary Clinic 868 Book Superstore
650 Free-Standing Emergency Room 869 Discount Home Furnishing Superstore
876 Apparel Store
Office 880 Pharmacy/Drugstore without
710 General Office Building Drive-Through Window
712 Small Office Building 881 Pharmacy/Drugstore with
Drive-Through Window
714 Corporate Headquarters Building
882 Marijuana Dispensary
715 Single Tenant Office Building
890 Furniture Store
720 Medical-Dental Office Building
892 Carpet Store
730 Government Office Building
899 Liquor Store
732 United States Post Office
735 Judicial Complex
Services
750 Office Park
912 Drive-in Bank
760 Research and Development Center
920 Copy, Print, and Express Ship Store
930 Fast Casual Restaurant
Retail
931 Quality Restaurant
812 Building Materials and Lumber Store
932 High-Turnover (Sit-Down) Restaurant
813 Free-Standing Discount Superstore
933 Fast-Food Restaurant without
814 Variety Store
815 Free-Standing Discount Store
934 Fast-Food Restaurant with
816 Hardware/Paint Store Drive-Through Window
820 Shopping Center 936 Coffee/Donut Shop without
840 Automobile Sales (New) Drive-Through Window
841 Automobile Sales (Used) 937 Coffee/Donut Shop with
842 Recreational Vehicle Sales Drive-Through Window
843 Automobile Parts Sales 939 Bread/Donut/Bagel Shop without

845 Motorcycle Dealership
940 Bread/Donut/Bagel Shop with
848 Tire Store
850 Supermarket
941 Quick Lubrication Vehicle Shop
851 Convenience Market
943 Automobile Parts and Service Center
857 Discount Club
960 Super Convenience Market/Gas Station
860 Wholesale Market
970 Winery
861 Sporting Goods Superstore
vii
Preface
Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition is a publication of the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE).
Parking Generation Manual is an educational tool for planners, transportation professionals, zoning
boards, and others who are interested in estimating parking demand of a proposed development.
Parking Generation Manual includes a complete set of searchable electronic files including land use
descriptions and data plots for all available combinations of land uses, time periods, independent
variables, and settings. Data contained in Parking Generation Manual are presented for informational
purposes only and do not include ITE recommendations on the best course of action or the preferred
application of the data. The information is based on parking generation studies submitted voluntarily to
ITE by public agencies, developers, consulting firms, student chapters, and associations.
Parking Generation Manual provides access for users to the ITEParkGen web app. This desktop
application allows electronic access to the entire parking generation dataset with numerous filtering
capabilities including site setting (i.e., rural, general urban/suburban, dense multi-use urban,
center city core), geographic location, age of data, and development size. Instructions for using
ITEParkGen are included within the app.
Additional data are needed from the profession to create a data-rich environment for parking analysis.
ITE will continue to prepare updates to Parking Generation Manual and consider new complementary
handbooks for planning or sizing parking facilities as additional data become available.
User comments on Parking Generation Manual are invited. Through user feedback, ITE has
enhanced each subsequent edition of Parking Generation. ITE continually seeks additional ways
to increase the value of this document and requests that users provide recently collected data for
the land uses presented in Parking Generation Manual or any other land uses for inclusion in future
editions and updates. A data collection form is included in Appendix C.
Although this report provides a powerful tool to better understand parking demand, it contains
information that can also be easily misinterpreted without sound professional judgment. Users are
cautioned to use professional judgment in applying all data contained in this report. They also need
to be cognizant of site and area characteristics that can affect parking demand (e.g., availability
of transit services, demand management strategies, parking pricing, shared parking) and of the
continued need for additional data. Lack of appreciation of these factors may lead to an inaccurate
estimate of potential parking demand and ultimately the improper sizing of a parking facility.
ix
Acknowledgments
Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition is the product a of concerted effort by dedicated volunteers,
contractors, and ITE Headquarters staff.
ITE volunteers contributed many hours of timely review and feedback to this project. ITE is
particularly appreciative of the efforts put forth by the Parking Generation Manual Review Panel. The
dedicated service, expertise, and insight of the members of the panel contributed immensely to the
completion of this resource.
Kevin G. Hooper (F), Kevin Hooper Associates, served as the technical lead for the project. He was
responsible for proactively pursuing the acquisition of new parking demand data, assembling and
analyzing all data received, conducting statistical analyses and validation for the 5th Edition, and
composing and editing text.
Lisa M. Fontana Tierney (F), ITE Traffic Engineering Senior Director, served as project manager for
the publication, assisted in the development of the technical content for the report, and coordinated
the project and volunteer activities.
ITE Technical Publications Manager Deborah Rouse edited and managed the production of the
publication in coordination with Communications and Media Senior Director Marianne Saglam.
Special thanks are extended to Transoft Solutions for providing programming support for the
development of the ITEParkGen web app.
Finally, ITE expresses its appreciation to the many agencies, firms, students, and other individuals
who have provided data to this effort.
x Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition

The following are the members of the Parking Generation Manual Review Panel:
Joseph C. Balskus (M), VHB, Wethersfield, CT David Nevarez (M), City of Dallas, TX
Justin C. Barrett (M), JCB Engineering, Johnny Ojeil, Arup, Midlands, UK
Calgary, AB
Sanjay Paul (M), Rick Engineering Company,
Paul E. Basha (M), City of Scottsdale, AZ Phoenix, AZ
Christopher L. Brehmer (M), Kittelson & Joseph A. Regis (M), Hamilton Consulting
Associates, Portland, OR Engineers, Joliet, IL
Kenneth P. Cram (F), Bayside Engineering, Peter Richards (M), IBI Group, Toronto, ON
Woburn, MA
Gerald Salzman (F), Desman Design
Kristina M. Currans (M), University of Arizona, Management, Chicago, IL
Tucson, AZ
Scott A. Schell (M), Associated Transportation
Darlene A. Danehy (M), Psomas, Tucson, AZ Engineers, Santa Barbara, CA
Brian E. Dempsey (F), Provident Design Vijayaraghavan Sivaraman (M), Airsage,
Engineering, Hawthorne, NY Atlanta, GA
Cheuk Y. (Billy) Dong (M), City of Vancouver, BC Mary S. Smith (M), Walker Parking Consultants,
Indianapolis, IN
Bryant J. Ficek (M), Spack Consulting,
Roseville, MN Fernando J. Sotelo (M), PlaceWorks,
Santa Ana, CA
Jon D. Fricker (F), Purdue University, West
Lafayette, IN Mark E. Spencer (F), W-Trans, Oakland, CA
Rebecca Goldberg (M), Cameron Engineering Kathrin M. Tellez (M), Fehr & Peers Associates,
& Associates, Woodbury, NY Walnut Creek, CA
Wes Guckert (F), The Traffic Group, Peter A. Terry (F), Benchmark Civil Engineering
Baltimore, MD Services, Allentown, PA
Daniel K. Hardy (M), Renaissance Planning Jane Wilberding, Sam Schwartz Engineering,
Group, Arlington, VA New York, NY
Louis J. Luglio (M), Sam Schwartz Consulting, Michael J. Workosky (M), Wells and Associates,
New York, NY Tysons, VA
Ransford S. McCourt (F), DKS Associates, Bradley W. Yarger (M), Yarger Engineering,
Portland, OR Indianapolis, IN
Gordon E. Meth (F), Robson Forensic, Cedar Aaron T. Zimmerman (M), District Department of
Knolls, NJ Transportation, Washington, DC
Nadereh Moini (M), New Jersey Sports and
Exposition Authority, Lyndhurst, NJ
(Letters in parentheses indicate ITE member grade: M—Member, F—Fellow)
xi
1 Introduction
Purpose
The purpose of Parking Generation Manual is to present data and information that will enable an
analyst to forecast parking demand by time of day on a specific day of the week, at a specific land use.
This manual represents the 5th full edition and incorporates data from the previous four editions.
Data contained in Parking Generation Manual are presented for informational purposes. The manual
describes the composition of the database, presents parking demand information in data plots and
tables, and explains the various statistics that are presented to help the analyst. The manual does
not provide parking supply standards or recommendations on the preferred application of the data.
Contents
Parking Generation Manual contains text, tables, data plots, and statistics that describe current
state-of-the-practice understanding of the relationship between parking demand and the many
characteristics associated with an individual development site or land use. The manual presents
land use descriptions and data plots for all combinations of available land uses, time periods,
independent variables, and settings contained in the ITE database. The manual is available in both
hardcopy form and as an electronic file.
The manual is supplemented by ITEParkGen, a desktop application that allows electronic access
to the entire ITE parking generation dataset. The web app enables an analyst to reproduce the data
plots and statistics presented in the manual. The web app also provides numerous filtering capabilities
for the analyst to view subsets of the complete database. Subsets can be created according to the
geographic location of the study site, the age of the parking demand count, and the development size.
The analyst is encouraged to review and become familiar with the six chapters of the manual prior to
using its data and statistics.
Cautions
The quality and quantity of parking demand data vary significantly by land use code. Parking
Generation Manual should be considered only the beginning point of information to be used in
estimating parking demand. Local conditions and area type can influence parking demand. The wide
array of data in the manual blends many site conditions and may not best reflect a particular local
condition. Therefore, a survey of a site in a comparable local condition should always be considered
as one potential means to estimate parking demand.
While Parking Generation Manual is not the final word on parking demand or an authoritative standard,
this report contains the best available data on the subject of parking demand related to land use.
Introduction 1
Organization
Parking Generation Manual is organized in six chapters.
Chapter 2 identifies significant changes from the 4th edition.
Chapter 3 provides a glossary of terms used in the manual. Definitions are presented for the various
settings used to classify study site locations, the time periods for which parking demand is reported,
and the independent variables for which a relationship to parking demand is plotted. Terms used
on the land use description pages and in the data plots are defined within the Parking Generation
Manual context.
Chapter 4 describes the ITE parking generation database. The data have been voluntarily collected
and submitted to ITE by public agencies, developers, consulting firms, student chapters, and
associations. The data submitted represent parking demand studies where one or more hours of
observations were conducted on a given day.
Chapter 5 describes the generic contents of the parking demand data plots and their associated
statistics. The chapter also presents guidance on the proper understanding of the data presented in
the manual.
Chapter 6 presents land use descriptions and data plots for the complete ITE database, the core
technical content of Parking Generation Manual. The text for each individual land use code includes
a description of the characteristics of study sites assigned to the particular land use code, a time of
day distribution for parking demand (if available), the sources for the data, the geographic areas of
the study sites, and the years when the data were collected.
The manual contains the following appendices that provide supporting information:
●● Appendix A provides a list of all Parking Generation Manual data sources.
●● Appendix B presents information from other sources that are not included in the Parking
Generation Manual database but could assist in the understanding of parking demand.
●● Appendix C provides information on how to collect parking demand information and includes
resources such as the parking demand data collection form.
Update Procedure
ITE has established a procedure for updating the data plots and statistics presented in this manual.
ITE invites all interested parties to collect parking demand data at one or more sites and submit the
data for its use in an updated publication.
This procedure is intended to maintain a continual, uniform method of obtaining and summarizing the
current parking generation data for all land uses. ITE does the following:
●● Stores all parking generation data
●● Encourages ITE district and section technical committees, ITE student chapters, governmental
agencies, and private consultants to collect additional data

●● Distributes parking generation data forms in hard copy and electronic formats
●● Maintains a database for parking generation analyses and summarization
●● Maintains and modifies when necessary a uniform procedure for collecting data
2 Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition

●● Summarizes parking generation data
●● Conducts special parking generation analyses when appropriate
●● Revises parking generation rates, equations, plots and text on the basis of additional data
●● Identifies data collection needs in areas where deficiencies exist or where little information
is available
Hard copy Parking Generation data collection forms are available on the ITE website at: https://www.
ite.org/technical-resources/topics/trip-and-parking-generation. Data may also be submitted through
direct transmittal of electronic files to the ITE Parking Generation email address presented below.
Completed forms should be returned to ITE at the following address:

Washington, DC 20006
Telephone: +1 202-785-0060
Fax: +1 202-785-0609
www.ite.org
email: lfontana@ite.org
Questions and Comments
Questions and comments regarding Parking Generation Manual should be addressed to:

Telephone: 202-785-0060
Fax: 202-785-0609
www.ite.org
3
2 Changes Since the 4th Edition
The 5th edition of Parking Generation Manual has undergone several significant changes in content
as compared to the 4th Edition. Nineteen new land use classifications and data from more than
1,700 study sites have been added. Further, given the significant amount of new data added to
the database, the database was refined to ensure relevancy of its contents by removing all data
prior to the year 1980. The addition of new data, elimination of older data, and re-examination
of existing data resulted in several changes to land use codes, independent variables, and land
use descriptions. Specific changes are too numerous to identify in their entirety but the significant
changes are described in the following sections.
ITEParkGen Web App
Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition includes a web app—ITEParkGen—that allows electronic
access to the entire ITE parking generation dataset. The tool allows users to recreate every data
plot in the hard copy version of Parking Generation Manual, to create customized data plots, and
to expand portions of existing data plots to better examine individual data points. The desktop
application provides numerous filtering and analysis capabilities including by geographic location,
age of data, and development size.
Land Use Codes
Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition contains information for the following 19 new land uses:
●● Utility (170)
●● Specialty Trade Contractor (180)
●● Affordable Housing (223)
●● Batting Cages (433)
●● School District Office (538)
●● Free-Standing Emergency Room (650)
●● Small Office Building (712)
●● Variety Store (814)
●● Automobile Sales (New) (840)
●● Automobile Sales (Used) (841)
●● Recreational Vehicle Sales (842)
●● Wholesale Market (860)
●● Discount Home Furnishing Superstore (869)
●● Marijuana Dispensary (882)
●● Fast Casual Restaurant (930)
●● Quick Lubrication Vehicle Shop (941)
●● Automobile Parts and Service Center (943)
●● Super Convenience Market/Gas Station (960)
●● Winery (970)
Changes Since the 4th Edition 5

In an effort to continually provide data that accurately reflect the composition of each land use, some
data were reassigned to other land uses, corrected from previous editions, or removed from the
database. Several land uses were also renumbered to facilitate a more logical grouping of related
land uses. The following list summarizes these changes:
●● Light Rail Transit Station with Parking (093) was reclassified as the new land use Park-and-Ride
Lot with Bus or Light Rail Service (090)

●● Single-Family Detached Housing (210) was removed because the most recent data points were
collected prior to 1980

●● Low/Mid-Rise Apartment (221), High-Rise Apartment (222), Rental Townhouse (224), and
Residential Condominium/Townhouse (230) were removed and the data were reclassified into
the following new land uses: Multifamily Housing (Low-Rise) (220), Multifamily Housing (Mid-
Rise) (221), Multifamily Housing (High-Rise) (222)
●● City Park (411) was reclassified as the new land use Public Park (411)
●● Water Slide Park (414) was renumbered Water Slide Park (482)
●● Movie Theater with Matinee (444) was reclassified as Movie Theater (444)
●● School for the Blind (525) was removed because the site was misclassified in the 4th Edition
●● Office Building (701) was divided into General Office Building (710), Corporate Headquarters
Building (714), Single-Tenant Office Building (715), Office Park (750), and Research and
Development Center (760)
●● Convenience Market (Open 24 Hours) (851) was renamed as Convenience Market (851)
●● Convenience Market with Gasoline Pumps (853) was removed; most sites were assigned to
Super Convenience Market/Gasoline Station (960)

●● Discount Supermarket (854) was removed because of concerns about data validity
●● Liquor Store (859) was renumbered Liquor Store (899)
●● DVD/Video Rental Store (896) was removed because standalone stores that fit this description
are no longer being developed

●● Gasoline/Service Station with Convenience Market (945) was removed because of concerns
over data validity

●● Dry Cleaners (960) was removed because data points in the database were not collected during
expected peak periods
Definitions of Terms, Independent Variables, and Time Periods
Numerous terms, independent variables, and time periods were added to the 5th Edition. See
Chapter 3 for definitions of the all terms, independent variables, and time periods used in Parking
Generation Manual.
For land uses for which parking demand on a Friday is substantially different than on the other
weekdays, separate parking demand data plots are now provided for Friday and Weekday (Monday
through Thursday). Otherwise, the weekday data plots cover Monday through Friday.

Land Use Subcategory
In the 4th Edition, data plots and statistics were presented for variations of High-Turnover Sit-Down
Restaurants (Land Use 932). The 5th Edition also includes land use variations for Affordable Housing
(Land Use 223). Land use variations for Fast-Food Restaurant without Drive-Through Window (Land
Use 933) that were presented in the 4th Edition have been removed in the 5th Edition.
Setting
The parking generation data have been disaggregated by setting or area type for each study site,
enabling the development of separate databases for sites in center city core, dense multi-use urban,
general urban/suburban, and rural settings. The 5th Edition also presents parking demand data for
multifamily housing that is within 1/2-mile of a rail transit station.
Land Uses with One Data Point
In previous editions of Parking Generation Manual, land use/independent variable/time period

combinations that resulted in only a single data point were described within the text on the land use
description pages. The 5th Edition presents all data, even single parking demand counts, in data
plots. All plots with five or fewer data points include the statement “Caution—Small Sample Size” to
warn users of the limited data set.
Data Plot Statistics
The threshold for producing fitted curve equations was changed to comply with Trip Generation
Manual criteria and both linear and non-linear equations are presented.
All parking demand statistics are now based on weighted average parking demand for the study
sites in order to comply with Trip Generation Manual statistics.
Source Numbers
The 5th edition source numbers have been changed from those used in the 4th Edition.
Changes Since the 4th Edition 7

3 Definition of Terms
The definitions presented in this chapter are intended for use in the Parking Generation Manual.
The terms are grouped as follows:
●● Setting/Location
●● Time Periods
●● Independent Variables
●● Land Use Subcategories
●● Data Page Terms
●● Land Use Description Page Terms
Setting/Location
Center City Core—the downtown area for a major metropolitan region at the focal point of a
regional light- or heavy-rail transit system. This area type is typified by multi-storied buildings, a wide
range of land uses, an extensive pedestrian sidewalk network, and shared and priced parking both
on-street and in structured garages or surface lots. The area typically has more jobs than residents
and therefore is typically an employment destination. The area also includes the immediate vicinity of
the commercial core.
Dense Multi-Use Urban—a fully developed area (or nearly so), with diverse and interacting
complementary land uses, good pedestrian connectivity, and convenient and frequent transit. This
area type can be a well-developed urban area outside a major metropolitan downtown or a moderate
size urban area downtown. The land use mix typically includes office, retail, residential, and often
entertainment, hotel, and other commercial uses. The residential uses are typically multifamily or
single-family on lots no larger than one-fourth acre. The commercial uses often have little or no
setback from the sidewalk. Because the motor vehicle still represents the primary mode of travel
to and from the area, there typically is on-street parking and often off-street public parking. The
complementary land uses provide the opportunity for short trips within the Dense Multi-Use Urban
area, made convenient by walking, biking, or transit. The area is served by significant transit (either
rail or bus) that enables a high level of transit usage to and from area development.
General Urban/Suburban—an area associated with almost homogeneous vehicle-centered

access. Nearly all person trips that enter or exit a development site are by personal passenger or
commercial vehicle. The area can be fully developed (or nearly so) at low-medium density with
a mix of residential and commercial uses. The commercial land uses are typically concentrated
at intersections or spread along commercial corridors, often surrounded by low-density, almost
entirely residential development. Most commercial buildings are located behind the parking area or
surrounded by parking. The mixing of land uses is only in terms of their proximity, not in terms of
function. A retail land use may focus on serving a regional clientele whereas a service land use may
target motorists or pass-by vehicle trips for its customers. Even if the land uses are complementary,
a lack of pedestrian, bicycling, and transit facilities or services limit non-vehicle travel.
Definition of Terms 9
Proximity to Rail Transit—a qualifier term appended to the study site setting categories that is
intended to identify whether a study site is within close proximity of rail transit service. For multifamily
housing (Land Uses 220, 221, and 222), the threshold walking distance used for defining a study site
as being within close proximity of rail transit is ½ mile to the nearest rail transit station.
Rural—agricultural or undeveloped except for scattered parcels and at very low densities.
Time Periods
December—the period of time during the holiday shopping season between the weekend after
Thanksgiving in late November (U.S.) and Christmas in late December. For Movie Theater (Land
Use 444) and Multiplex Movie Theater (Land Use 445), the designation of December includes the
week between Christmas Day and New Year’s Day.
Non-December—anytime during the calendar year except for the period of time during the holiday
shopping season between the weekend after Thanksgiving in late November (U.S.) and Christmas in
late December.
Weekday—for some land uses, a weekday can represent Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
or Friday and is denoted as Weekday (Monday through Friday). For other land uses, a weekday can
represent Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, or Thursday and is denoted as Weekday (Monday through
Thursday). For the latter land uses, Friday is treated separate from the other weekdays in Parking
Generation Manual.
Independent Variables
Acre—a unit of measurement equal to 43,560 sq. ft. For the purpose of Parking Generation Manual, this
measure is used to quantify the total gross area of a development site (including land dedicated to public
agencies). The distinction between total acres and total developed acres is not always clearly defined in
the site acreage reported to ITE. Therefore, caution should be used with this variable. When submitting
data, the analyst should indicate the percent of developed acreage and the total acreage of the property.
Acre of Ski Trails—acreage of ski slopes cleared for skiing.
Attendee—a person who is present on a given occasion, during a given event or at a given place.
Bed—a designated place to sleep for a group quarters resident or medical facility patient. An
occupied bed is a bed for which there is an assigned person.
Bedroom—a designated room for sleeping with one or more beds.
Berth—a designated place where a boat can anchor at a marina or wharf.
Boarding—a passenger whose bus or light rail transit trip originates at the station under study on a
given day.
Bowling Lane—a single lane available for the purposes of bowling.

Cage—a designated location available for the purpose of a single person hitting baseballs or
softballs within a contained area.
Daily Enplanement—a passenger whose commercial airline flight originates at the airport under
study on a given day.
Daily Lift Ticket—a ticket or pass sold to a person to enable their use of a ski lift on a specific day.
This value does not include season passes.
Dwelling Unit—a residential location such as a house, apartment, condominium, townhouse, mobile
home, or manufactured home in which people may live. An occupied dwelling unit is a dwelling unit
in which people currently live.
Employee—a full-time, part-time, or per diem/contract worker. The number of employees refers to
the total number of persons employed at a facility, not just those in attendance at the particular hour
or day the data are collected.
Field—any area constructed, equipped, and/or marked for outdoor activities and sports.
Gross Floor Area (GFA)—the sum of the area of each floor level of a building (expressed in square
feet), including cellars, basements, mezzanines, penthouses, corridors, lobbies, stores, and offices,
that are within the principal outside faces of exterior walls, not including architectural setbacks or
projections. Included are all areas that have floor surfaces with clear standing head room (6 ft. 6
in. minimum) regardless of their use. With the exception of buildings containing enclosed malls
or atriums, GFA is equal to gross leasable area and gross rentable area. Occupied gross floor
area refers to GFA within the facility which is currently being utilized. If a ground-level area, or part
thereof, within the principal outside faces of the exterior walls is not enclosed, this floor area is
considered part of the overall GFA of the building. However, unroofed areas and unenclosed roofed-
over spaces, except those contained within the principal outside faces of exterior walls, should be
excluded from the area calculations. For the purpose of parking generation calculation, the floor area
of all parking garages within the building should not be included in the GFA of the entire building. The
majority of land uses in Parking Generation Manual use GFA as an independent variable.
Gross Leasable Area (GLA)—the total floor area designed for tenant occupancy and exclusive use,
including any basements, mezzanines, or upper floors, expressed in square feet and measured from
the centerline of joint partitions and from outside wall faces. For the purpose of parking generation
calculation, the floor area of all parking garages within the building should not be included within the
GLA of the entire building. GLA is the area for which tenants pay rent; it is the area that produces
income for the property owner. Occupied gross leasable area refers to GLA within the facility which
is currently in use. Leased space that is not in productive use is not considered occupied. In the
retail business, GLA lends itself readily to measurement and comparison and it has been adopted by
the shopping center industry as its standard for statistical comparison. Accordingly, GLA is used in
Parking Generation Manual for shopping centers. For a specialty retail center, strip center, discount
store, and free-standing retail facility, GLA usually equals GFA.
Hole—a single combination of a tee, fairway, and green on a golf course.
Member—an individual who belongs to a group or organization.
Movie Screen—a room within a movie theater that contains seats and the presentation of a movie.
Occupied Bed (see Bed)
Occupied Dwelling Unit (see Dwelling Unit)
Occupied Gross Floor Area (see Gross Floor Area)
Occupied Room (see Room)
Operating Room—a room that is equipped and staffed for a surgical procedure.
Parking Space—an individual stall within a parking lot or garage designated for the use of a parked
private motor vehicle. An occupied space is a parking space in which a vehicle is parked.
Rink—an enclosed area for skating.
Room—the partitioned part of the inside of a building used for lodging such as a hotel or motel. An
occupied room is a room that is rented by a lodging guest.
School Population—the total number of full-time equivalent students plus employees (staff and
faculty) at a college or university.
Seat—a place on which an individual can sit. It may be a chair or stool. Multiple seats may be
present. A bench or pew could provide multiple seats. The number includes outdoor seating if it is
being provided at the time of the survey.
Storage Unit—a vault rented for the storage of goods in what is typically referred to as a self-storage
facility. An occupied storage unit is one that is rented.
Student—a person enrolled in an institution such as a school, college, or day care center on either a
full-time or part-time basis. The number of students refers to the total number of persons enrolled at
a facility, not just those present at the time the study is conducted.
Table—a bounded table with a flat surface on which cue sports are played.
Tennis Court—an indoor or outdoor facility specifically designed for an individual tennis match.
Land Use Subcategories
Family—used for High-Turnover Sit-Down Restaurant (Land Use 932) to denote a site without a bar
or lounge facility.
Income Limits—used for Affordable Housing (Land Use 223) to denote a site with household
income limitations for its tenants. If the site also has a minimum age threshold, the site falls in the
Senior subcategory. If there is no minimum age threshold and the site consists entirely of single-
room-only units, the site falls in the Single Room Only subcategory.
Lounge/Bar—used for High-Turnover Sit-Down Restaurant (Land Use 932) to denote a site that
includes a bar or lounge facility.

Senior—used for Affordable Housing (Land Use 223) to denote a site with a minimum age threshold
for its tenants (i.e., senior housing).
Single Room Only—used for Affordable Housing (Land Use 223) to denote a site with only single-room-
only units. If the site also has a minimum age threshold, the site falls in the Senior subcategory.
Data Page Terms
33rd Percentile—the point at which 33 percent of the values fall at or below and 67 percent of the
values are above. If the number of study sites for a combination of independent variable, time period,
and setting for an individual land use is comprised of relatively few data points, the percentile value
can represent an interpolation between actual values. This number is not intended to recommend a
policy about the level of parking that should be supplied. It is provided solely as qualitative reference
for the analyst.
85th Percentile—the point at which 85 percent of the values fall at or below and 15 percent of the
values are above. If the number of study sites for a combination of independent variable, time period,
and setting for an individual land use is comprised of relatively few data points, the percentile value
can represent an interpolation between actual values. This number is not intended to recommend a
policy about the level of parking that should be supplied. It is provided solely as qualitative reference
for the analyst.
95 Percent Confidence Interval—a measure of confidence in the statistical data to the average.
It indicates the range within which there is 95 percent likelihood the average will fall. This range is
shown when data for 20 or more study sites are available. It is computed as two standard errors plus
or minus the average.
Average Number of [Independent Variable]—the average value of the independent variable for
data presented on the specific data page.
Average Peak Period Parking Demand—the observed peak period parking demand (vehicles
parked) divided by the quantity of the independent variable (such as building area, employees)
expressed as a rate. For examples, the rate is commonly expressed as vehicles per 1,000 sq. ft.
GFA, vehicles per employee, or vehicles per dwelling unit.
Average Rate (or Weighted Average Rate)—the weighted average number of parked vehicles at
a development site per one unit of the independent variable. It is calculated by dividing the sum of
all parked vehicles for all contributing data point sites by the sum of all independent variable units
for all contributing data point sites. The weighted average rate is used rather than the average of
the individual rates because of the variance within each data set or generating unit. Data sets with a
large variance will over-influence the average rate if they are not weighted. The data plot includes a
dashed line corresponding to the weighted average rate, extending between the lowest and highest
independent variable values for data points.
Coefficient of Determination (R2)—the percent of the variance in the number of parked vehicles
associated with the variance in the independent variable value. This value is presented for every
fitted curve equation. If the R2 value is 0.75, then 75 percent of the variance in the number of parked
vehicles is accounted for by the variance in the size of the independent variable. As the R2 value
approaches 1.0 the better the fit; as the R2 value approaches zero, the worse the fit.
Coefficient of Variation—an indicator of the precision of the results of a data set. It is computed by
dividing the standard deviation by the mean (average) and expressed as a percentage. The smaller the
coefficient of variation is (i.e., closer to 0 percent), the lower the variation in the data points in the data set.
Fitted Curve and Fitted Curve Equation—the single-variable regression analysis of the
independent and dependent variable expressed in an optimal mathematical relationship. The fitted
curve and equation are presented if the coefficient of determination (R2) for the curve is at least 0.50.
If the variables are related linearly, the equation has the following format: T = aX + b. In a logarithmic
relationship, the equation has the following format: Ln(T) = a Ln(X) + b. The data plot includes a solid
line corresponding to the equation, extending between the lowest and highest independent variable
values for data points.
Independent Variable, X—a physical, measurable, and predictable characteristic that describes
the study site or baseline site (for example, gross floor area) and that has a direct relationship to the
variation in the number of parked vehicles generated by a land use. The term “explanatory variable”
is also used.
Number of Studies—the total number of studies reported for the specific data set.
Parked Vehicles, P—the total number of parked vehicles, the dependent variable in the data plot;
shown on the y-axis.
Peak Period of Parking Demand—the hour (or hours) of the day during which the highest parking
demand rate occurs. If a single hour is shown, the available parking demand data suggest that it is
the hour during which peak parking demand typically occurs. If a several-hour period is shown, there
are two possibilities:
●● There are insufficient data available to determine a definitive peak hour, or
●● Data suggest that the peak hour for an individual site could fall within any of the peak period
hours and that all peak period hours have parking demand ratios typically within 15 percent of
the peak parking demand calculation.
Analysts should attempt to obtain parking demand data throughout (and possibly beyond) the
identified peak period of parking demand for each parking study conducted.
Range of Rates—the minimum and maximum parking generation rates from all the studies reported.
Standard Deviation—a measure of data dispersion relative to the calculated average. The lower
the standard deviation, the less data dispersion there is in the data and the better the data fit to
the average rate. In Parking Generation Manual, the reported standard deviation is based on the
weighted average, not the mean.
Study Site—a data point plotted on the graph based on a study performed for the specific land use code.

Land Use Description Page Terms
Parking Supply (or Parking Spaces)—the total number of parking spaces that are provided or
available at the study site, regardless of whether or not they are occupied. Parking supply should
include only marked spaces and should not include areas designated for standing vehicles. Parking
supply is different from parking demand.
Parking Supply Ratio—expressed in terms of spaces per an independent variable (i.e., spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. GFA or spaces per dwelling unit). The ratio denominator is based on total units, rather
than occupied units.
Time-of-Day Distribution [of Parking Demand]—the variation of the parking demand rates
for various hours of the day divided by the peak period parking demand rate. The time-of-day
distribution is expressed as a percentage (100 percent represents the hour(s) of peak parking
demand). This information is generally only provided for the study sites with at least five consecutive
hours of parking demand data.
Total Parking Demand—the accumulation of vehicles parked at a given site at any associated point
in time. This value should be the highest observed number of vehicles within the period of observation.
Total parking demand includes all parking associated with that land use whether in an off-street parking
facility, parked illegally, parked on-street, or in a remote parking lot. Total parking demand does not
include standing vehicles, awaiting the pick-up or drop-off of a passenger, or in a drive-through lane.
4 Database Description
Data Sources
The parking generation data analyzed in this manual were contributed on a voluntary basis
by various state and local government agencies; consulting firms; individual transportation
professionals; universities and colleges; developers; associations; and local sections, districts and
student chapters of ITE. In many cases, the data were originally contained in published reports or
unpublished analyses conducted by such groups. The sources of these reports or analyses are listed
in Appendix A. The source numbers for studies contained in each land use are listed on the land use
description pages.
ITE Headquarters conducted no original field surveys. The amount of data submitted for an individual
site varied from as little as a single parking demand count to counts recorded every 15 minutes over
a 24-hour period. All data have been combined to maximize the size of the database for each land
use and each time period.
Data received by ITE were initially examined for validity and reasonableness before being entered into
the comprehensive database. The review included screening of all data submissions to ensure that
adequate information was provided (parking demand observations, time and date of observations, and
independent variables). Issues associated with the data submitted were resolved with the data provider
before inclusion in the database. Incomplete or inappropriate data points were rejected.
Data Age
The database used to create the data plots consists of parking demand counts taken since the
year 1980. As future editions are produced, the age of data will be evaluated and additional data
considered for removal.
Filtered Data Subsets
With the inclusion of the new web app—ITEParkGen—the analyst has the ability to create
customized data plots based on the age of data, site geography, setting, and a range of values for
the independent variable. Electronic data sorts provide a filtered subset of the entire dataset for
individual review and analysis. This new ability to filter the data may provide useful insights into the
data. However, the analyst should exercise caution when interpreting a filtered data subset. The data
subset does not necessarily constitute a balance of potential land use characteristics across the
database. As the database is filtered and the database size diminishes, the less likely the possibility
that a reasonable cross-section is achieved.
Database Description 17
Settings
There is increasing potential for walk trips as development densities increase in the proximity
of a development site and as activity at nearby development complements a particular site. The
pedestrian environment (e.g., sidewalk continuity, slow vehicle speeds, accessibility, protected street
crossings) and bicyclist environment (e.g., bicycle lanes) enable and encourage walk and bike trips
that otherwise would be made by vehicle or not at all. The availability and cost of parking (both on-
site and off-site) and the frequency and type of transit service and its proximity can also affect the
choice of travel mode (and, as a result, the parking demand generated by the site).
To address these effects, each individual study site in the parking generation database has been
classified as one of the following four classifications: center city core, dense multi-use urban, general
urban/suburban, and rural. Each site has been further classified in terms of its proximity to rail transit.
For the majority of land use codes, the small number of study sites located close to a rail transit
station did not enable a clear or definitive difference in parking demand statistics or data plots for
close-to-rail and not-close-to-rail sites. For multifamily housing, the effect of proximity to rail transit on
parking demand is clear and is presented in data plots.
The Center City Core is the downtown area for a major metropolitan region that is the focal point
of a regional light- or heavy-rail transit system. This area type is typified by multi-storied buildings, a
wide range of land uses, an extensive pedestrian sidewalk network, and shared and priced parking
both on-street and in structured garages or surface lots. The area typically has more jobs than
residents and therefore is an employment destination. The area includes the immediate vicinity of the
commercial core.
An area designated as Dense Multi-Use Urban in the Parking Generation Manual is a fully
developed area (or nearly so), with diverse and complementary land uses, good pedestrian
connectivity, and convenient and frequent transit. This area type can be a well-developed urban area
outside a major metropolitan downtown or a moderate size urban area downtown.
The land use mix typically includes office, retail, residential, and often entertainment, hotel, and other
commercial uses. The residential uses are typically multifamily or single-family on lots no larger than
one-fourth acre. The commercial uses often have little or no setback from the sidewalk. Because the
motor vehicle still represents the primary mode of travel to and from the area, there typically is on-
street parking and often public off-street parking.
The complementary land uses provide the opportunity for short trips within the Dense Multi-Use
Urban area, made conveniently by walking, biking, or transit. The area is served by significant transit
(either rail or bus) that enables a high level of transit usage to and from area development.
An area designated as General Urban/Suburban in the Parking Generation Manual is an area

associated with almost homogeneous vehicle-centered access. Nearly all person trips that enter or
exit a development site are by personal passenger or commercial vehicle.
The area can be fully developed (or nearly so) at low-medium density with a mix of residential
and commercial uses. The commercial land uses are typically concentrated at intersections or
spread along commercial corridors, often surrounded by low-density, almost entirely residential
development. Most commercial buildings are located behind or surrounded by parking.

The mixing of land uses is only in terms of their proximity, not in terms of function. A retail land
use may focus on serving a regional clientele or a services land use may target motorists or pass-
by vehicle trips for its customers. Even if the land uses are complementary, a lack of pedestrian,
bicycling, and transit facilities or services limit non-vehicle travel.
An area designated as Rural in the Parking Generation Manual is an area that is agricultural or
undeveloped except for scattered parcels and at very low densities.
Database Description 19
5 Parking Demand Data Summaries
Land Use Description Pages
Parking Generation Manual presents information for 121 land uses for which parking demand data
have been compiled by ITE. For each land use code, a standard reporting format is used as described
below. The actual data summaries are presented in Chapter 6.
The standard reporting format starts with one or more pages of text and tables that describe the
characteristics of the development sites in the given land use code. Following the text are one or more
pages that contain data plots and associated statistics for the study sites in the land use code database.
For every land use, parking demand statistics and data plots are presented for at least one independent
variable and for at least one time period (weekday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday). Data pages are organized
first by setting, then by independent variable, and then by time period.
Text and Tables
Under the heading Land Use Description, a summary description is provided for the sites where the
data were collected. The description is consistent with the description provided in Trip Generation
Manual, 10th Edition.
The section under the heading Time of Day Distribution for Parking Demand, if sufficient data are
available, presents the variation in parking demand by hour of the day. For example, if the highest
parking demand ratio occurs at 6:00 p.m., it is noted as 100 percent and the other hours are shown
with a value less than 100 percent. The number of data points that comprise this calculation for each
hour period is provided for reference.
The section under the heading Additional Data presents several potential pieces of information as follows:
●● Parking supply ratios for study sites in the database
●● The decades during which parking generation data were collected
●● The states and provinces for the study sites that comprise the land use code data points
The section under the heading Source Number(s) lists the source numbers for the data points that comprise
the database for the land use. Appendix A provides a complete source name for each source number.
Parking Demand Data Plots
The data plot page provides the analyst with the following three options for estimating parking
demand at a proposed development site:
●● A plot of the number of parked vehicles versus size of the independent variable for each study
site, which can be used to graphically obtain an estimate of parking demand

●● The weighted average rate for peak parking demand (number of weighted parked vehicles per
unit of the independent variable)

●● A fitted curve regression equation, relating parked vehicles to the magnitude of the
independent variable
Parking Demand Data Summaries 21

Each data plot page corresponds to a single, unique combination of the following parameters:
●● Independent variable
●● Time period: weekday (Monday–Friday), weekday (Monday–Thursday), Friday, Saturday, Sunday)
●● Setting
For some land uses, data plots are provided for subsets of the land use study sites. The land use
subcategory name is posted adjacent to the land use name at the top of the data plot page.
The bottom portion of the page is a plot of observed parking demand for the particular independent
variable, time period, and setting. The x-axis is scaled with the independent variable. The y-axis
represents the number of parked vehicles. Each point on a data plot represents the observed number
of parked vehicles (its y-value) plotted against the size of the independent variable (its x-value).
The plot includes a dashed line that corresponds to the peak parking demand parking rate. The line
assumes a linear relationship passing through the origin with a slope equal to the rate. The dashed
line extends only between the limits of the independent variable values because parking demand
relationships should be considered appropriate only within the data ranges.
For a data set with at least four study sites, statistical analysis was undertaken to determine the best
fit linear or logarithmic equation to fit the data. Unlike the weighted average rate, the plotted equation
does not necessarily pass through the origin, nor does the relationship have to be linear. The fitted
curve line is presented if the coefficient of determination (R2) is greater than or equal to 0.50. The
fitted curve equation is displayed at the bottom of the data plot, along with the R2 value. As the R2
value approaches 1.0, the better the fit of the regression equation to the data set. If a fitted curve that
meets the R2 threshold cannot be found, “ *** ” is displayed.
The limits of the regression line are the high and low values for the independent variable because
parking demand relationships should be considered appropriate only within the data ranges. Use of
the regression equation or the average parking demand rate outside the range of data could produce
irrelevant and illogical results.
The regression curve may have a large y-intercept. The equation may produce an illogical parking
demand estimate for an independent variable value that is significantly less than the average-sized value.
Parking Demand Statistics
The top portion of the page presents quantitative measures for the study sites included in the database
and of the parking demand measured at these sites. The measures include the peak period of
parking demand, the number of study sites, and the average value of the independent variable in the
data plot.

The parking demand statistics include the following:
●● Average peak parking demand rate
●● Range of rates
●● 33rd percentile and 85th percentile
●● 95 percent confidence interval
●● Standard deviation and coefficient of variation
If a measure is not calculated because of the small size of the database, “ *** ” is displayed.
Cautions
For some land uses, the small data sets may provide only an initial indication of parking demand.
Even if the data plot shows a good correlation between an independent variable and parking
demand, it should be viewed as speculative in terms of parking demand estimation due to the limited
number of data points from which the relationship was derived. Each data plot with five or fewer data
points displays the statement “Caution–Small Sample Size” above the plot area.
Even if the data plot is based on only a single data point, the data are provided as a reference point.
ITE hopes this new edition of Parking Generation Manual will stimulate new data collection and
submission, further filling the gaps in the current database.
One potential product of small datasets is illogical parking demand ratios within a single land use
code. In general, the ITE data demonstrates lower parking demand rates for sites in a dense multi-
use urban area than in a general urban/suburban area when other factors are constant (e.g., day of
the week). Likewise, the ITE parking demand rates are typically lower for development sites located
close to a rail station than for those that are not. A data plot that demonstrates an opposite, illogical
relationship is likely because of a small data set size.
As is described in Chapter 1, an analyst can use the ITEParkGen web app to filter the data used
to produce a data plot to only include data from study sites located within a specified geography,
counted within a specified range of years, and limited to a specified range of independent variable
values. For a data plot generated using a filtered dataset, the statement “Caution-Incomplete Data
Set” is presented above the plot area.
Parking Demand Data Summaries 23

Land Use Descriptions
6 and Data Plots
25
Land Use: 021 Commercial Airport
Description
A commercial airport accommodates commercial passenger service and is characterized by long

runways for serving large jets and extensive terminal facilities. Some commercial airports have
shorter runways and serve exclusively intrastate and commuter airlines. The commercial airports
surveyed also accommodate general aviation activities.
Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 2000s in British Columbia (CAN), California, Florida,
Nova Scotia (CAN), Ontario (CAN), and Quebec (CAN).
Source Numbers
1, 16, 225, 314

Commercial Airport
(021)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Daily Enplanements
On a: Weekday (Monday - Friday)
Setting/Location: General Urban/Suburban
Peak Period of Parking Demand: Not Available
Number of Studies: 12
Avg. Num. of Daily Enplanements: 3696
Peak Period Parking Demand per Daily Enplanement
Average Rate Range of Rates 33rd / 85th Percentile 95% Confidence Standard Deviation
Interval (Coeff. of Variation)
0.29 0.24 - 0.78 0.30 / 0.67 *** 0.08 ( 28% )
Data Plot and Equation

10000
8000
P = Parked Vehicles
6000
4000
2000
0
0 10000 20000 30000 40000
X = Number of Daily Enplanements
Study Site Fitted Curve Average Rate
Fitted Curve Equation: P = 0.27(X) + 82.80 R²= 1.00
Land Use Descriptions and Data Plots 27

Commercial Airport
(021)
On a: Saturday
0.60 0.35 - 1.93 0.51 / 1.84 *** 0.37 ( 62% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600
Fitted Curve Equation: Ln(P) = 0.47 Ln(X) + 2.55 R²= 0.79

Commercial Airport
(021)
On a: Sunday
0.44 0.20 - 0.92 0.35 / 0.92 *** 0.31 ( 70% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800
Study Site Average Rate
Fitted Curve Equation: *** R²= ***

Land Use: 090 Park-and-Ride Lot
with Bus or Light Rail Service
Description
A park-and-ride lot with bus or light rail service is an area used for the transfer of people between
private vehicles and buses or light rail. It usually contains a bus passenger or light rail shelter, a
parking lot and circulation facilities for buses, as well as for private motor vehicles. In addition to
park-and-ride, a significant number of passengers may be dropped off.
Time of Day Distribution for Parking Demand
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at eight
general urban/suburban study sites.
Hour Beginning Percent of Weekday Peak Parking Demand

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 50
8:00 a.m. 88
9:00 a.m. 96
10:00 a.m. 98
11:00 a.m. 100
12:00 p.m. 100
1:00 p.m. 99
2:00 p.m. 98
3:00 p.m. 94
4:00 p.m. 83
5:00 p.m. 50
6:00 p.m. 22
7:00 p.m. 18
8:00 p.m. 13
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The number of daily boardings used in the calculation of peak parking demand rates was estimated
from weekly, monthly, or annual totals. The use of accurate, date-specific transit boarding data may
produce better correlation between parking demand and daily boardings.
In future surveys, it would be desirable to obtain station mode-of-access characteristics. For

example, a station that serves passengers who arrive on a wide range of modes such as bus,
bicycle, and walking is expected to generate a different level of parking demand than a station at
which the dominant mode of access is the personal passenger vehicle.
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Alberta (CAN), California, Illinois,
Oregon, Pennsylvania, and Utah.
Source Numbers
146, 267, 269, 271, 273, 516, 541

Park-and-Ride Lot with Bus or Light Rail Transit
(090)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Boardings (1,000)
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 9:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m.
Avg. Num. of Boardings (1,000): 1.9
Peak Period Parking Demand per Boarding (1,000)
85.35 20.11 - 488.64 58.70 / 189.74 63.05 - 107.65 67.31 ( 79% )

800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
X = Number of Boardings (1,000)

(090)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Parking Spaces
Avg. Num. of Parking Spaces: 343
Peak Period Parking Demand per Parking Space
0.63 0.05 - 1.00 0.38 / 0.94 0.54 - 0.72 0.28 ( 44% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000
X = Number of Parking Spaces
Fitted Curve Equation: P = 0.83(X) - 67.69 R²= 0.83

(090)
On a: Saturday
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 12:00 - 9:00 p.m.
0.06 0.06 - 0.06 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
Data Plot and Equation Caution – Small Sample Size
10
8
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 100 200

(090)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Boardings (1,000)
Setting/Location: Dense Multi-Use Urban
Avg. Num. of Boardings (1,000): 2.0
Peak Period Parking Demand per Boarding (1,000)
43.40 19.89 - 61.54 29.57 / 61.54 *** 19.97 ( 46% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 1 2 3
X = Number of Boardings (1,000)

(090)
0.78 0.66 - 0.88 0.72 / 0.88 *** 0.12 ( 15% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

Land Use: 110 General Light Industrial
Description
A light industrial facility is a free-standing facility devoted to a single use. The facility has an
emphasis on activities other than manufacturing and typically has minimal office space. Typical light
industrial activities include printing, material testing, and assembly of data processing equipment.
Industrial park (Land Use 130) and manufacturing (Land Use 140) are related uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at 29


12:00–4:00 a.m. 0
5:00 a.m. 2
6:00 a.m. 15
7:00 a.m. 41
8:00 a.m. 83
9:00 a.m. 100
10:00 a.m. 99
11:00 a.m. 98
12:00 p.m. 94
1:00 p.m. 90
2:00 p.m. 94
3:00 p.m. 88
4:00 p.m. 68
5:00 p.m. 49
6:00 p.m. 9
7:00 p.m. 3
8:00 p.m. 3
9:00 p.m. 3
10:00 p.m. 0
11:00 p.m. 0

Additional Data
The number of employees for this land use was the total number of employees working on all shifts.
Facilities with employees that work on shifts may peak at different hours. It is unclear from the data
collected for this land use whether the parking demand counts occurred during, prior to, or after shift
changes at the study sites.
The average parking supply ratio for the nine study sites with parking supply information is 1.2
spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2010s in California, Illinois, Oklahoma,
Texas, and Washington.
Source Numbers
149, 151, 201, 235, 261, 560, 561

General Light Industrial
(110)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 56
Peak Period Parking Demand per 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA
0.65 0.11 - 7.89 0.58 / 1.94 0.52 - 0.78 0.41 ( 63% )

600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 200 400 600 800
X = 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA

General Light Industrial
(110)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Employees
Avg. Num. of Employees: 68
Peak Period Parking Demand per Employee
0.55 0.23 - 3.00 0.68 / 1.39 0.48 - 0.62 0.23 ( 42% )

600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 1000 2000
X = Number of Employees

Land Use: 130 Industrial Park
Description
An industrial park contains several individual industrial or related facilities. It is characterized by a mix
of manufacturing, service, and warehouse facilities with a wide variation in the proportion of each type
of use from one location to another. Many industrial parks contain highly-diversified facilities. Some
parks in the database have a large number of small businesses and others have one or two dominant
industries. General light industrial (Land Use 110) and manufacturing (Land Use 140) are related uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at two

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 59
8:00 a.m. 89
9:00 a.m. 99
10:00 a.m. 99
11:00 a.m. 99
12:00 p.m. 95
1:00 p.m. 98
2:00 p.m. 100
3:00 p.m. 94
4:00 p.m. 66
5:00 p.m. 47
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for study sites with parking supply information is 1.6 spaces per
1,000 square feet GFA (11 sites) and 1.2 spaces per employee (eight sites).
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 1990s in Arizona, California, Oregon, and Washington.
Source Numbers
36, 122, 275, 401, 435

Industrial Park
(130)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 193
1.20 0.55 - 2.44 0.86 / 2.09 *** 0.61 ( 51% )

800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 200 400 600

Industrial Park
(130)
0.86 0.60 - 1.36 0.80 / 1.23 *** 0.31 ( 36% )

600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 200 400 600

Land Use: 140 Manufacturing
Description
A manufacturing facility is an area where the primary activity is the conversion of raw materials
or parts into finished products. Size and type of activity may vary substantially from one facility to
another. In addition to the actual production of goods, manufacturing facilities generally also have
office, warehouse, research, and associated functions. General light industrial (Land Use 110) and
industrial park (Land Use 130) are related uses.


12:00–4:00 a.m. 5
5:00 a.m. 5
6:00 a.m. 15
7:00 a.m. 55
8:00 a.m. 76
9:00 a.m. 82
10:00 a.m. 84
11:00 a.m. 85
12:00 p.m. 90
1:00 p.m. 99
2:00 p.m. 100
3:00 p.m. 95
4:00 p.m. 58
5:00 p.m. 36
6:00 p.m. 15
7:00 p.m. 12
8:00 p.m. 11
9:00 p.m. 9
10:00 p.m. 9
11:00 p.m. 8

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the three study sites with parking supply information is 1.4
spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA and 1.4 spaces per employee.
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s and the 2010s in Texas and Washington.
Source Numbers
122, 561

Manufacturing
(140)
0.92 0.17 - 13.75 0.44 / 3.36 0.53 - 1.31 0.89 ( 97% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400

Manufacturing
(140)
0.81 0.28 - 1.27 0.68 / 1.21 0.71 - 0.91 0.23 ( 28% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 500

Land Use: 150 Warehousing
Description
A warehouse is primarily devoted to the storage of materials, but it may also include office and
maintenance areas.


12:00–4:00 a.m. 1
5:00 a.m. 3
6:00 a.m. 8
7:00 a.m. 27
8:00 a.m. 57
9:00 a.m. 79
10:00 a.m. 83
11:00 a.m. 87
12:00 p.m. 91
1:00 p.m. 91
2:00 p.m. 97
3:00 p.m. 100
4:00 p.m. 91
5:00 p.m. 74
6:00 p.m. 47
7:00 p.m. 26
8:00 p.m. 20
9:00 p.m. 17
10:00 p.m. 1
11:00 p.m. 1
Additional Data
For eight of the study sites, data were also collected for trucks parked at the site. The average truck
parking demand ratio was 0.11 trucks per 1,000 sq. ft. GFA with a range between 0.04 and 0.25
trucks per 1,000 sq. ft. GFA.
The average parking supply ratio for the study sites with parking supply information is 0.6 spaces per
1,000 square feet GFA (15 sites) and 1.1 spaces per employee (12 sites).

The sites were surveyed in the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Minnesota, New Jersey, New
York, Oregon, Texas, and Washington.
Source Numbers
22, 122, 275, 433, 528, 556, 558, 561, 562

Warehousing
(150)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 212
0.39 0.03 - 1.96 0.34 / 1.11 0.31 - 0.47 0.22 ( 56% )

800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 1000 2000

Warehousing
(150)
0.78 0.28 - 2.00 0.62 / 1.13 0.67 - 0.89 0.27 ( 35% )

800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 200 400 600 800
Fitted Curve Equation: Ln(P) = 0.93 Ln(X) - 0.03 R²= 0.90

Land Use: 151 Mini-Warehouse
Description
A mini-warehouse is a building in which a number of storage units or vaults are rented for the storage
of goods. They are typically referred to as “self-storage” facilities. Each unit is physically separated from
other units, and access is usually provided through an overhead door or other common access point.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday (nine study
sites) and a Saturday (one study site) in a general urban/suburban setting.
Percent of Peak Parking Demand

Hour Beginning Weekday Saturday
12:00–4:00 a.m. 0 –
5:00 a.m. 0 –
6:00 a.m. 0 –
7:00 a.m. 0 –
8:00 a.m. 14 –
9:00 a.m. 71 –
10:00 a.m. 50 –
11:00 a.m. 79 –
12:00 p.m. 57 –
1:00 p.m. 64 91
2:00 p.m. 64 27
3:00 p.m. 79 55
4:00 p.m. 71 100
5:00 p.m. 100 91
6:00 p.m. 14 27
7:00 p.m. 0 0
8:00 p.m. 0 –
9:00 p.m. 0 –
10:00 p.m. 0 –
11:00 p.m. 0 –

Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in British Columbia
(CAN), California, Massachusetts, Minnesota, and Texas.
Source Numbers
37, 314, 415, 556, 562

Mini-Warehouse
(151)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Storage Units (100)
Avg. Num. of Storage Units (100): 4.4
Peak Period Parking Demand per Storage Unit (100)
1.36 1.05 - 2.38 1.18 / 2.35 *** 0.43 ( 32% )

20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20
X = Number of Storage Units (100)

Mini-Warehouse
(151)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Storage Units (100)
On a: Saturday
Avg. Num. of Storage Units (100): 10
Peak Period Parking Demand per Storage Unit (100)
0.94 0.77 - 1.33 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20
X = Number of Storage Units (100)

Mini-Warehouse
(151)
0.10 0.03 - 0.53 0.08 / 0.25 *** 0.07 ( 70% )

20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 100 200

Mini-Warehouse
(151)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 109
0.09 0.06 - 0.14 0.08 / 0.14 *** 0.04 ( 44% )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 100 200

Mini-Warehouse
(151)
Avg. Num. of Employees: 2.3
1.57 0.67 - 2.00 1.54 / 2.00 *** 0.59 ( 38% )

5
4
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 1 2 3 4

Mini-Warehouse
(151)
On a: Saturday
2.67 2.67 - 2.67 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
10
8
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 1 2 3 4

Land Use: 170 Utility
Description
A utility is a free-standing building that can house office space, a storage area, and electromechanical
or industrial equipment that support a local electrical, communication, water supply or control, or
sewage treatment utility.


12:00–4:00 a.m. 5
5:00 a.m. 5
6:00 a.m. 15
7:00 a.m. 55
8:00 a.m. 76
9:00 a.m. 82
10:00 a.m. 84
11:00 a.m. 85
12:00 p.m. 90
1:00 p.m. 99
2:00 p.m. 100
3:00 p.m. 95
4:00 p.m. 58
5:00 p.m. 36
6:00 p.m. 15
7:00 p.m. 12
8:00 p.m. 11
9:00 p.m. 9
10:00 p.m. 9
11:00 p.m. 8

Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 2010s in Texas.
Source Number
562

Utility
(170)
1.90 0.22 - 11.36 1.15 / 3.20 *** 1.23 ( 65% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30 40

Utility
(170)
0.72 0.18 - 3.00 0.65 / 2.75 *** 0.32 ( 44% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

Land Use: 180 Specialty Trade Contractor
Description
A specialty trade contractor is a business primarily involved in providing contract repairs and services
to meet industrial or residential needs. This land use includes businesses that provide the following
services: plumbing, heating and cooling, machine repair, electrical and mechanical repair, industrial
supply, roofing, locksmith, weed and pest control, and cleaning.


12:00–4:00 a.m. 0
5:00 a.m. 0
6:00 a.m. 5
7:00 a.m. 39
8:00 a.m. 83
9:00 a.m. 97
10:00 a.m. 99
11:00 a.m. 100
12:00 p.m. 91
1:00 p.m. 94
2:00 p.m. 90
3:00 p.m. 92
4:00 p.m. 88
5:00 p.m. 64
6:00 p.m. 1
7:00 p.m. 0
8:00 p.m. 0
9:00 p.m. 0
10:00 p.m. 0
11:00 p.m. 0

Additional Data
Source Numbers
570, 571

Specialty Trade Contractor
(180)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 5.8
1.76 0.68 - 6.25 0.96 / 4.06 *** 1.29 ( 73% )

40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 10 20

Specialty Trade Contractor
(180)
0.71 0.44 - 2.50 0.74 / 1.68 *** 0.38 ( 54% )

40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Land Use: 220 Multifamily Housing (Low-Rise)
Description
Low-rise multifamily housing includes apartments, townhouses, and condominiums located within the
same building with at least three other dwelling units and with one or two levels (floors) of residence.
Multifamily housing (mid-rise) (Land Use 221), multifamily housing (high-rise) (Land Use 222), and
affordable housing (Land Use 223) are related land uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand (1) on a weekday (10 study
sites) and a Saturday (11 study sites) in a general urban/suburban setting and (2) on a weekday
(three study sites) and a Saturday (three study sites) in a dense multi-use urban setting.

General Urban/Suburban Dense Multi-Use Urban
Hour Beginning Weekday Saturday Weekday Saturday
12:00–4:00 a.m. 100 93 86 100
5:00 a.m. 97 100 100 94
6:00 a.m. 90 98 94 91
7:00 a.m. 77 96 81 85
8:00 a.m. 56 92 58 79
9:00 a.m. 45 80 56 76
10:00 a.m. 40 78 53 71
11:00 a.m. 37 71 58 74
12:00 p.m. 36 68 56 68
1:00 p.m. 36 66 53 68
2:00 p.m. 37 65 47 68
3:00 p.m. 43 68 56 56
4:00 p.m. 45 70 53 59
5:00 p.m. 55 73 61 53
6:00 p.m. 66 77 81 50
7:00 p.m. 73 81 67 56
8:00 p.m. 77 82 61 65
9:00 p.m. 86 86 64 74
10:00 p.m. 92 87 75 85
11:00 p.m. 97 92 86 91

Additional Data
In prior editions of Parking Generation, the low-rise multifamily housing sites were further divided
into rental and condominium categories. An investigation of parking demand data found no clear
differences in parking demand between the rental and condominium sites within the ITE database.
As more data are compiled for future editions, this land use classification can be reinvestigated.
The average parking supply ratios for the study sites with parking supply information are shown in
the table below.
Parking Supply Ratio

Setting Proximity to Rail Transit Per Dwelling Unit Per Bedroom
Dense Multi-Use Within ½ mile of rail transit 0.6 (12 sites) 0.4 (10 sites)
Urban
Not within ½ mile of rail transit 0.9 (18 sites) 0.6 (18 sites)
General Urban/ Within ½ mile of rail transit 1.5 (10 sites) 0.9 (10 sites)
Suburban
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Alberta (CAN),
California, Colorado, District of Columbia, Maryland, Massachusetts, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas,
Washington, and Wisconsin.
It is expected that the number of bedrooms and number of residents are likely correlated to the
parking demand generated by a residential site. Parking studies of multifamily housing should
attempt to obtain information on occupancy rate and on the mix of residential unit sizes (i.e. number
of units by number of bedrooms at the site complex). Future parking studies should also indicate the
number of levels contained in the residential building.
Source Numbers
72, 124, 152, 154, 209, 215, 216, 218, 219, 255, 257, 314, 414, 419, 432, 437, 505, 512, 533, 535,
536, 537, 544, 545, 577, 578, 579, 580, 584, 585, 587

Multifamily Housing (Low-Rise)
(220)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Dwelling Units
Setting/Location: General Urban/Suburban (no nearby rail transit)
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 11:00 p.m. - 6:00 a.m.
Avg. Num. of Dwelling Units: 156
Peak Period Parking Demand per Dwelling Unit
1.21 0.58 - 2.50 1.03 / 1.52 1.16 - 1.26 0.27 ( 22% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
X = Number of Dwelling Units

(220)
On a: Saturday
1.31 1.05 - 1.62 1.18 / 1.61 *** 0.23 ( 18% )

600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 100 200 300 400

(220)
On a: Sunday
1.66 1.66 - 1.66 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 100 200 300 400

(220)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Occupied Dwelling Units
Avg. Num. of Occupied Dwelling Units: 182
Peak Period Parking Demand per Occupied Dwelling Unit
1.22 0.58 - 2.30 1.02 / 1.41 1.15 - 1.29 0.32 ( 26% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
X = Number of Occupied Dwelling Units

(220)
On a: Saturday
1.28 0.84 - 2.03 1.11 / 1.59 *** 0.30 ( 23% )

600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 100 200 300 400

(220)
On a: Sunday
1.66 1.66 - 1.66 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 100 200 300 400

(220)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Bedrooms
Avg. Num. of Bedrooms: 215
Peak Period Parking Demand per Bedroom
0.66 0.37 - 1.38 0.61 / 0.86 0.62 - 0.70 0.15 ( 23% )

500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800
X = Number of Bedrooms

(220)
On a: Saturday
0.80 0.70 - 0.88 0.82 / 0.88 *** 0.08 ( 10% )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 200 400 600

(220)
Setting/Location: General Urban/Suburban (< 1/2 mile to rail transit)
1.07 0.45 - 1.41 0.77 / 1.31 *** 0.29 ( 27% )

500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400

(220)
1.25 0.45 - 1.44 0.85 / 1.41 *** 0.25 ( 20% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200 300

(220)
0.58 0.23 - 0.80 0.42 / 0.77 *** 0.17 ( 29% )

500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800

(220)
Setting/Location: Dense Multi-Use Urban (no nearby rail transit)
0.76 0.15 - 1.00 0.50 / 0.96 *** 0.25 ( 33% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

(220)
0.78 0.15 - 1.00 0.55 / 0.98 *** 0.24 ( 31% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

(220)
On a: Saturday
0.85 0.67 - 1.06 0.68 / 1.06 *** 0.22 ( 26% )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

(220)
0.48 0.15 - 0.94 0.39 / 0.71 *** 0.19 ( 40% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

(220)
Setting/Location: Dense Multi-Use Urban (< 1/2 mile to rail transit)
0.58 0.30 - 1.20 0.54 / 1.08 *** 0.23 ( 40% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

(220)
0.59 0.30 - 1.38 0.53 / 1.20 *** 0.25 ( 42% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

(220)
0.43 0.30 - 0.82 0.39 / 0.81 *** 0.17 ( 40% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300 400

Land Use: 221 Multifamily Housing (Mid-Rise)
Description
Mid-rise multifamily housing includes apartments, townhouses, and condominiums located within the
same building with at least three other dwelling units and with between three and 10 levels (floors) of
residence. Multifamily housing (low-rise) (Land Use 220), multifamily housing (high-rise) (Land Use
222), and affordable housing (Land Use 223) are related land uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday (one general
urban/suburban study site), a Saturday (two general urban/suburban study sites), and a Sunday (one
dense multi-use urban study site).

Hour Beginning Weekday Saturday Sunday
12:00–4:00 a.m. 100 100 100
5:00 a.m. 94 99 –
6:00 a.m. 83 97 –
7:00 a.m. 71 95 –
8:00 a.m. 61 88 –
9:00 a.m. 55 83 –
10:00 a.m. 54 75 –
11:00 a.m. 53 71 –
12:00 p.m. 50 68 –
1:00 p.m. 49 66 33
2:00 p.m. 49 70 40
3:00 p.m. 50 69 27
4:00 p.m. 58 72 13
5:00 p.m. 64 74 33
6:00 p.m. 67 74 60
7:00 p.m. 70 73 67
8:00 p.m. 76 75 47
9:00 p.m. 83 78 53
10:00 p.m. 90 82 73
11:00 p.m. 93 88 93

Additional Data
In prior editions of Parking Generation, the mid-rise multifamily housing sites were further divided
into rental and condominium categories. An investigation of parking demand data found no clear
differences in parking demand between the rental and condominium sites within the ITE database.
As more data are compiled for future editions, this land use classification can be reinvestigated.
the table below.

Center City Core Within ½ mile of rail transit 1.1 (15 sites) 1.0 (12 sites)
Urban
Suburban
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California,
Colorado, District of Columbia, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, Oregon, Virginia,
Washington, and Wisconsin.
attempt to obtain information on occupancy rate and on the mix of residential unit sizes (i.e., number
Source Numbers
21, 209, 247, 255, 277, 401, 402, 419, 505, 512, 522, 533, 535, 536, 537, 538, 545, 546, 547, 575,
576, 577, 579, 580, 581, 583, 584, 585, 587

Multifamily Housing (Mid-Rise)
(221)
1.31 0.75 - 2.03 1.13 / 1.47 1.26 - 1.36 0.22 ( 17% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000

(221)
On a: Saturday
1.22 0.84 - 1.33 0.94 / 1.33 *** 0.20 ( 16% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000

(221)
On a: Sunday
2.05 2.05 - 2.05 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 100 200 300

(221)
1.32 0.75 - 2.03 1.04 / 1.51 1.25 - 1.39 0.24 ( 18% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000

(221)
On a: Saturday
1.25 0.84 - 1.33 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000

(221)
On a: Sunday
2.05 2.05 - 2.05 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 100 200 300

(221)
0.75 0.41 - 1.00 0.65 / 0.87 0.70 - 0.80 0.15 ( 20% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000

(221)
On a: Saturday
0.77 0.77 - 0.77 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 200 400 600 800

(221)
1.12 0.55 - 1.45 0.91 / 1.27 1.06 - 1.18 0.17 ( 15% )
4000
3000
P = Parked Vehicles
2000
1000
0
0 1000 2000 3000

(221)
On a: Saturday
1.15 1.03 - 1.37 1.10 / 1.37 *** 0.19 ( 17% )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 500

(221)
On a: Sunday
1.00 1.00 - 1.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 500

(221)
1.19 0.55 - 1.37 0.84 / 1.30 *** 0.19 ( 16% )
4000
3000
P = Parked Vehicles
2000
1000
0
0 1000 2000 3000

(221)
On a: Saturday
1.19 1.08 - 1.37 1.14 / 1.37 *** 0.16 ( 13% )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 500

(221)
On a: Sunday
1.06 1.06 - 1.06 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 500

(221)
0.61 0.42 - 1.25 0.55 / 0.86 *** 0.12 ( 20% )

500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800

(221)
On a: Saturday
0.69 0.69 - 0.69 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800

(221)
On a: Sunday
0.68 0.68 - 0.68 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800

(221)
0.90 0.17 - 2.72 0.63 / 1.27 0.81 - 0.99 0.37 ( 41% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400

(221)
On a: Saturday
0.85 0.85 - 0.85 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

(221)
On a: Sunday
1.00 1.00 - 1.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

(221)
0.77 0.17 - 1.54 0.60 / 1.02 0.70 - 0.84 0.25 ( 32% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400

(221)
On a: Saturday
0.85 0.85 - 0.85 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

(221)
On a: Sunday
1.00 1.00 - 1.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

(221)
0.48 0.14 - 1.33 0.44 / 0.71 0.44 - 0.52 0.16 ( 33% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800

(221)
On a: Sunday
1.00 1.00 - 1.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

(221)
0.71 0.17 - 1.50 0.47 / 1.17 0.61 - 0.81 0.32 ( 45% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800

(221)
0.70 0.17 - 1.50 0.46 / 1.16 0.61 - 0.79 0.30 ( 43% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600

(221)
0.50 0.13 - 0.91 0.33 / 0.67 0.44 - 0.56 0.19 ( 38% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800

(221)
Setting/Location: Center City Core
0.22 0.08 - 0.38 0.21 / 0.37 *** 0.11 ( 50% )

100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 200 400 600

(221)
0.24 0.08 - 0.42 0.21 / 0.41 *** 0.12 ( 50% )

100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 200 400 600

(221)
0.22 0.11 - 0.33 0.19 / 0.32 *** 0.08 ( 36% )

100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 200 400 600

Land Use: 222 Multifamily Housing (High-Rise)
Description
High-rise multifamily housing includes apartments and condominiums that have more than 10 levels
(floors) of residence. They are likely to have one or more elevators. Multifamily housing (low-rise)
(Land Use 220), multifamily housing (mid-rise) (Land Use 221), and affordable housing (Land Use
223) are related land uses.
Additional Data
In prior editions of Parking Generation, the high-rise multifamily housing sites were further divided into
rental and condominium categories. An investigation of parking demand data found no clear differences
in parking demand patterns between the rental and condominium sites within the ITE database. As
more data are compiled for future editions, this land use classification can be reinvestigated.
the table below.

Center City Core Within ½ mile of rail transit 0.7 (14 sites) 0.6 (13 sites)
Urban
Not within ½ mile of rail transit 0.6 (1 site) 0.3 (1 site)
General Urban/ Within ½ mile of rail transit Not Available Not Available
Suburban
Not within ½ mile of rail transit 1.2 (6 sites) 0.9 (1 site)
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in District of Columbia, Tennessee,
and Virginia.
Source Numbers
71, 402, 583

Multifamily Housing (High Rise)
(222)
0.98 0.57 - 1.19 0.78 / 1.19 *** 0.27 ( 28% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000

(222)
1.01 0.61 - 1.20 0.81 / 1.20 *** 0.25 ( 25% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000

(222)
0.49 0.42 - 0.53 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800

(222)
0.55 0.51 - 0.73 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800

(222)
0.63 0.58 - 0.83 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800

(222)
0.60 0.60 - 0.60 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

(222)
0.44 0.26 - 0.61 0.35 / 0.61 *** 0.19 ( 43% )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200 300

(222)
0.45 0.26 - 0.63 0.35 / 0.63 *** 0.20 ( 44% )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200 300

(222)
0.35 0.24 - 0.44 0.28 / 0.44 *** 0.11 ( 31% )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200 300

(222)
0.46 0.25 - 0.67 0.39 / 0.60 *** 0.13 ( 28% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800

(222)
0.49 0.27 - 0.73 0.41 / 0.64 *** 0.14 ( 29% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600

(222)
0.36 0.22 - 0.50 0.27 / 0.49 *** 0.11 ( 31% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000

Land Use: 223 Affordable Housing
Description
Affordable housing includes all multifamily housing that is rented at below market rate to households
that include at least one employed member. Eligibility to live in affordable housing can be a function
of limited household income and resident age. Multifamily housing (low-rise) (Land Use 220),
multifamily housing (mid-rise) (Land Use 221), and multifamily housing (high-rise) (Land Use 222)
are related land uses.
Additional Data
For the majority of study sites in this land use code, 100 percent of the dwelling units are considered
affordable. For residential study sites that provide a mix of market value and affordable units, the
study sites with at least 75 percent of the dwelling units designated as affordable are also included in
this land use database.
Separate data plots and statistics are presented for subsets of the affordable housing database:
sites with income limitations for its tenants, sites with minimum age thresholds for its tenants
(i.e., senior housing), and sites comprised entirely of single-room-only units.
The average parking supply ratios for the study sites with parking supply information are as follows:
●● In a general urban/suburban setting, 1.3 spaces per dwelling unit (28 sites) and 0.7 spaces per
bedroom (9 sites)
●● In a dense multi-use urban setting, 0.6 spaces per dwelling unit (28 sites) and 0.3 spaces per
bedroom (26 sites)

●● In a center city core setting, 0.3 spaces per dwelling unit (6 sites) and 0.3 spaces per bedroom
(6 sites)
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s and the 2010s in California, Connecticut, District of Columbia,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, and Oregon.
Source Numbers
314, 514, 533, 535, 536, 537, 539, 541, 579, 582, 585, 586

Affordable Housing - Income Limits
(223)
0.99 0.32 - 1.66 0.85 / 1.33 0.89 - 1.09 0.27 ( 27% )

1000
800
P = Parked Vehicles
600
400
200
0
0 200 400 600 800

(223)
On a: Saturday
0.79 0.41 - 1.28 0.61 / 1.00 *** 0.27 ( 34% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400

(223)
On a: Sunday
0.96 0.75 - 1.17 0.81 / 1.17 *** 0.23 ( 24% )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400

(223)
0.78 0.56 - 1.01 0.65 / 1.01 *** 0.17 ( 22% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

(223)
On a: Saturday
0.66 0.61 - 0.86 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 20 40 60

(223)
0.54 0.29 - 0.85 0.48 / 0.82 *** 0.14 ( 26% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

(223)
On a: Saturday
0.27 0.27 - 0.27 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

(223)
0.53 0.25 - 1.43 0.46 / 1.00 *** 0.14 ( 26% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600

(223)
On a: Saturday
Avg. Num. of Dwelling Units: 9.0
1.04 0.90 - 1.43 0.90 / 1.43 *** 0.28 ( 27% )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

(223)
0.55 0.25 - 1.10 0.50 / 0.82 *** 0.13 ( 24% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600

(223)
On a: Saturday
Avg. Num. of Occupied Dwelling Units: 9.0
1.04 0.90 - 1.43 0.90 / 1.43 *** 0.28 ( 27% )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

(223)
0.30 0.16 - 0.51 0.28 / 0.46 *** 0.07 ( 23% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000

(223)
On a: Saturday
0.33 0.27 - 0.45 0.28 / 0.45 *** 0.09 ( 27% )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20 30 40

(223)
0.16 0.16 - 0.16 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 100 200 300

(223)
0.17 0.17 - 0.17 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 100 200 300

(223)
0.12 0.12 - 0.12 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 100 200 300 400

Affordable Housing - Senior
(223)
0.38 0.34 - 0.44 0.35 / 0.44 *** 0.05 ( 13% )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 100 200

(223)
On a: Saturday
0.39 0.35 - 0.46 0.35 / 0.46 *** 0.05 ( 13% )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 100 200

(223)
On a: Sunday
0.42 0.38 - 0.47 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 100 200

(223)
0.42 0.33 - 0.58 0.34 / 0.58 *** 0.14 ( 33% )
60
40
P = Parked Vehicles
20
0
0 100 200

(223)
0.47 0.33 - 0.53 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
60
40
P = Parked Vehicles
20
0
0 100 200

(223)
0.11 0.11 - 0.11 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 100 200

(223)
0.11 0.11 - 0.11 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 100 200

Affordable Housing - Single Room Only
(223)
0.26 0.16 - 0.68 0.24 / 0.68 *** 0.17 ( 65% )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 100 200

(223)
0.26 0.17 - 0.68 0.21 / 0.68 *** 0.18 ( 69% )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 100 200

(223)
0.25 0.16 - 0.59 0.23 / 0.59 *** 0.14 ( 56% )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 100 200

(223)
0.25 0.19 - 0.34 0.20 / 0.34 *** 0.07 ( 28% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200 300

(223)
0.19 0.19 - 0.19 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 100 200

(223)
0.25 0.18 - 0.34 0.20 / 0.34 *** 0.07 ( 28% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200 300

Land Use: 252 Senior Adult Housing—Attached
Description
Senior adult housing consists of attached independent living developments, including retirement
communities, age-restricted housing, and active adult communities This type of housing for active
senior adults can take the form of bungalows, townhouses, and apartments. These developments
may include limited social or recreational services. They generally lack centralized dining and on-site
medical facilities. Residents in these communities live independently, are typically active (requiring
little to no medical supervision) and may or may not be retired. Congregate care facility (Land Use
253), assisted living (Land Use 254), and continuing care retirement community (Land Use 255) are
related uses.
The minimum age thresholds for the study sites in the database are not known. It would be expected
that a development with an age restriction of 55 would include more households with an employed
resident than would a development with an age restriction of 65. How this age restriction affects
parking demand cannot be determined from the available data.
Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the three study sites in a general urban/suburban setting and
with parking supply information is 0.9 spaces per dwelling unit.
The sites were surveyed in the 2000s in Pennsylvania.
Source Number
431

Senior Adult Housing - Attached
(252)
0.61 0.45 - 0.67 0.51 / 0.67 *** 0.11 ( 18% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Senior Adult Housing - Attached
(252)
0.61 0.45 - 0.67 0.51 / 0.67 *** 0.11 ( 18% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Land Use: 253 Congregate Care Facility
Description
A congregate care facility is an independent living development that provides centralized amenities
such as dining, housekeeping, communal transportation, and organized social/recreational activities.
Each individual dwelling unit often has a kitchenette, rather than a full kitchen. Limited medical services
(such as nursing and dental) may or may not be provided. The resident may contract additional
medical services or personal assistance. Senior adult housing—attached (Land Use 252), assisted
living (Land Use 254), and continuing care retirement community (Land Use 255) are related uses.
Additional Data
Resident vehicle ownership is typically low at a congregate care facility. Site employees,
persons providing services to the residents, and visitors generate the majority of the parked
vehicles at the site.
The average parking supply ratio for the six study sites with parking supply information is 0.5 spaces
per dwelling unit.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California, New
Jersey, Ontario (CAN), and Oregon.
Source Numbers
120, 401, 433, 548

Congregate Care Facility
(253)
0.30 0.08 - 0.48 0.16 / 0.46 *** 0.14 ( 47% )

100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200 300

(253)
On a: Saturday
0.28 0.16 - 0.33 0.20 / 0.33 *** 0.09 ( 32% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200 300

(253)
On a: Sunday
0.21 0.16 - 0.27 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 100 200

(253)
0.45 0.41 - 0.48 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200

Land Use: 254 Assisted Living
Description
An assisted living complex is a residential setting that provides either routine general protective
oversight or assistance with activities necessary for independent living to mentally or physically
limited persons. It commonly has separate living quarters for residents. Its centralized services
typically include dining, housekeeping, social and physical activities, medication administration, and
communal transportation.
Alzheimer’s and ALS care are commonly offered by these facilities, though the living quarters for
these patients may be located separately from the other residents. Assisted care commonly bridges
the gap between independent living and nursing homes. In some areas of the country, assisted living
residences may be called personal care, residential care, or domiciliary care. Staff may be available
at an assisted care facility 24 hours a day, but skilled medical care—which is limited in nature—is not
required. Congregate care facility (Land Use 253), continuing care retirement community (Land Use
255), and nursing home (Land Use 620) are related uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday (nine
study sites), a Saturday (eight study sites), and a Sunday (nine study sites) in a general urban/
suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. – – –
5:00 a.m. – – –
6:00 a.m. – – –
7:00 a.m. 52 – –
8:00 a.m. 62 – –
9:00 a.m. 78 – –
10:00 a.m. 82 – –
11:00 a.m. 93 97 89
12:00 p.m. 96 100 90
1:00 p.m. 100 95 100
2:00 p.m. 95 78 96
3:00 p.m. 85 68 86
4:00 p.m. 75 70 90
5:00 p.m. 68 63 80
6:00 p.m. 61 56 65
7:00 p.m. – – –
8:00 p.m. – – –
9:00 p.m. – – –
10:00 p.m. – – –
11:00 p.m. – – –
Additional Data
The rooms in these facilities may be private or shared accommodations, consisting of either a single
room or a small apartment-style unit with a kitchenette and living space.
The average parking supply ratio for 30 study sites in a general urban/suburban setting and not
located within ½ mile of rail transit is 0.5 spaces per dwelling unit. For two study sites in a general
urban/suburban setting and located within ½ mile of rail transit, the average parking supply ratio is
0.4 spaces per dwelling unit.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Arizona,
California, Connecticut, Illinois, Indiana, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Utah,
Virginia, and Washington.
Future parking demand studies should record the building size and the numbers of dwelling units,
occupied dwelling units, beds, and employees.
Source Numbers
42, 59, 121, 247, 279, 287, 315, 422, 431, 432, 438, 451, 506, 507, 516, 527, 539

Assisted Living
(254)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Beds
Avg. Num. of Beds: 103
Peak Period Parking Demand per Bed
0.39 0.27 - 0.60 0.34 / 0.58 *** 0.11 ( 28% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Beds

Assisted Living
(254)
On a: Saturday
0.25 0.20 - 0.28 0.22 / 0.28 *** 0.03 ( 12% )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Beds

Assisted Living
(254)
On a: Sunday
0.29 0.25 - 0.34 0.26 / 0.34 *** 0.04 ( 14% )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Beds

Assisted Living
(254)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Occupied Beds
Avg. Num. of Occupied Beds: 102
Peak Period Parking Demand per Occupied Bed
0.39 0.27 - 0.61 0.34 / 0.58 *** 0.11 ( 28% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Occupied Beds

Assisted Living
(254)
On a: Saturday
0.25 0.20 - 0.28 0.22 / 0.28 *** 0.03 ( 12% )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 100 200

Assisted Living
(254)
On a: Sunday
0.29 0.25 - 0.34 0.26 / 0.34 *** 0.04 ( 14% )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 100 200

Assisted Living
(254)
0.40 0.24 - 0.74 0.34 / 0.53 0.37 - 0.43 0.11 ( 28% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200

Assisted Living
(254)
On a: Saturday
0.30 0.13 - 0.53 0.25 / 0.46 *** 0.11 ( 37% )

50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 100 200

Assisted Living
(254)
On a: Sunday
0.32 0.19 - 0.57 0.25 / 0.46 *** 0.11 ( 34% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200

Assisted Living
(254)
0.41 0.25 - 0.76 0.35 / 0.55 0.38 - 0.44 0.11 ( 27% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200

Assisted Living
(254)
On a: Saturday
0.31 0.13 - 0.53 0.26 / 0.48 *** 0.11 ( 35% )

50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 100 200

Assisted Living
(254)
On a: Sunday
0.33 0.20 - 0.58 0.26 / 0.49 *** 0.11 ( 33% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200

Assisted Living
(254)
0.72 0.45 - 1.65 0.56 / 1.47 *** 0.34 ( 47% )

60
40
P = Parked Vehicles
20
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Assisted Living
(254)
On a: Sunday
0.61 0.31 - 0.80 0.34 / 0.80 *** 0.27 ( 44% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Assisted Living
(254)
0.81 0.41 - 1.15 0.64 / 1.08 *** 0.24 ( 30% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80

Assisted Living
(254)
On a: Sunday
0.69 0.47 - 0.94 0.48 / 0.94 *** 0.29 ( 42% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80

Assisted Living
(254)
0.24 0.20 - 0.58 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 100 200 300

Assisted Living
(254)
On a: Saturday
0.54 0.54 - 0.54 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20 30

Assisted Living
(254)
0.26 0.22 - 0.58 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 100 200 300

Assisted Living
(254)
On a: Saturday
0.54 0.54 - 0.54 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20 30

Land Use: 255 Continuing Care Retirement
Community (CCRC)
Description
A continuing care retirement community (CCRC) is a land use that provides multiple elements of senior
adult living. A CCRC enables a resident to transition in place from independent living to increased care
as the medical needs of the resident change. Housing options may include various combinations of
senior adult housing (detached or attached), congregate care, assisted living, and nursing home. The
communities may also contain centralized services such as medical, dining, recreational, communal
transportation, and some limited, supporting retail facilities. CCRCs are usually self-contained villages.
Senior adult housing—attached (Land Use 252), congregate care facility (Land Use 253), assisted
living (Land Use 254), and nursing home (Land Use 620) are related uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at two

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. 100
9:00 a.m. 99
10:00 a.m. 99
11:00 a.m. 99
12:00 p.m. 95
1:00 p.m. 96
2:00 p.m. 96
3:00 p.m. 98
4:00 p.m. 95
5:00 p.m. 83
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
spaces per dwelling unit.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 2000s in California and Pennsylvania.
Source Numbers
46, 315

Continuing Care Retirement Community
(255)
1.09 1.02 - 1.19 1.05 / 1.19 *** 0.08 ( 7% )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

(255)
On a: Sunday
0.84 0.84 - 0.84 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

(255)
1.08 1.02 - 1.16 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

(255)
On a: Sunday
0.84 0.84 - 0.84 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

Land Use: 310 Hotel
Description
A hotel is a place of lodging that provides sleeping accommodations and supporting facilities such as
a full-service restaurant, cocktail lounge, meeting rooms, banquet room, and convention facilities. It
typically provides a swimming pool or another recreational facility such as a fitness room. All suites
hotel (Land Use 311), business hotel (Land Use 312), motel (Land Use 320), and resort hotel (Land
Use 330) are related uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand (1) on a weekday (four
study sites) and a Saturday (five study sites) in a general urban/suburban setting and (2) on a
weekday (one study site) and a Saturday (one study site) in a dense multi-use urban setting.

General Urban/Suburban Dense Multi–Use Urban
Hour Beginning Weekday Saturday Weekday Saturday
12:00–4:00 a.m. 96 74 93 100
5:00 a.m. – – – –
6:00 a.m. 91 62 97 95
7:00 a.m. 89 62 100 95
8:00 a.m. 90 72 93 89
9:00 a.m. 100 74 72 85
10:00 a.m. 98 76 69 74
11:00 a.m. 89 77 65 61
12:00 p.m. 85 79 78 47
1:00 p.m. 75 78 78 42
2:00 p.m. 81 67 63 41
3:00 p.m. 70 64 59 43
4:00 p.m. 74 67 58 48
5:00 p.m. 65 73 52 53
6:00 p.m. 73 83 63 64
7:00 p.m. 78 92 74 67
8:00 p.m. 93 97 78 78
9:00 p.m. 96 100 72 81
10:00 p.m. 95 91 84 93
11:00 p.m. 95 83 92 98

Additional Data
Some properties contained in this land use provide guest transportation services such as airport
shuttles, limousine service, or golf course shuttle service, which may have an impact on the overall
parking generation rates.
The average parking supply ratios for both the 17 study sites located in a general urban/suburban
setting and the two study sites in a dense multi-use urban setting are 1.1 spaces per room.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2000s in Arizona, California, Connecticut,
Florida, Illinois, New York, Texas, and Washington.
For all lodging uses, it is important to collect data on occupied rooms as well as total rooms.
Parking demand at a hotel may be related to the presence of supporting facilities such as convention
facilities, restaurants, meeting/banquet space, and other retail. Future data submissions should
indicate the presence of these amenities and specify their size. Reporting the level of activity at
the supporting facilities (such as full, empty, partially active, number of people attending a meeting/
banquet) during observation may also be useful in further analysis of this land use.
Source Numbers
1, 117, 124, 152, 154, 157, 159, 201, 215, 217, 245, 315, 401, 438

Hotel
(310)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Rooms
Avg. Num. of Rooms: 321
Peak Period Parking Demand per Room
0.74 0.43 - 1.47 0.64 / 0.99 0.65 - 0.83 0.22 ( 30% )

500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
X = Number of Rooms

Hotel
(310)
On a: Saturday
1.15 1.15 - 1.15 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200 300
X = Number of Rooms

Hotel
(310)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Occupied Rooms
Avg. Num. of Occupied Rooms: 268
Peak Period Parking Demand per Occupied Room
0.83 0.43 - 1.58 0.72 / 1.03 0.74 - 0.92 0.23 ( 28% )

500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
X = Number of Occupied Rooms

Hotel
(310)
On a: Saturday
1.18 0.72 - 1.58 0.93 / 1.55 *** 0.32 ( 27% )

600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 100 200 300 400

Hotel
(310)
0.76 0.30 - 1.33 0.37 / 1.33 *** 0.53 ( 70% )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400
X = Number of Rooms

Hotel
(310)
0.89 0.30 - 1.33 0.59 / 1.33 *** 0.44 ( 49% )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400

Hotel
(310)
On a: Saturday
0.71 0.62 - 0.78 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

Hotel
(310)
0.37 0.27 - 0.61 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
X = Number of Rooms

Hotel
(310)
0.37 0.27 - 0.61 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000

Land Use: 311 All Suites Hotel
Description
An all suites hotel is a place of lodging that provides sleeping accommodations, a small restaurant
and lounge, and small amounts of meeting space. Each suite includes a sitting room and separate
bedroom. An in-room kitchen is often provided. Hotel (Land Use 310), business hotel (Land Use
312), motel (Land Use 320), and resort hotel (Land Use 330) are related uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday (two study

12:00–4:00 a.m. 100 100
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. 89 76
7:00 a.m. 81 77
8:00 a.m. 72 74
9:00 a.m. 71 69
10:00 a.m. 48 50
11:00 a.m. 41 45
12:00 p.m. 29 35
1:00 p.m. 30 33
2:00 p.m. 25 34
3:00 p.m. 34 40
4:00 p.m. 43 43
5:00 p.m. 38 58
6:00 p.m. 40 68
7:00 p.m. 36 50
8:00 p.m. 56 45
9:00 p.m. 74 54
10:00 p.m. 85 74
11:00 p.m. 98 89

Additional Data
spaces per room.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2000s in California, Minnesota, New
Mexico, and Texas.
facilities, restaurants, meeting/banquet space and retail facilities. Future data submissions should
Source Numbers
152, 158, 217, 314

All Suites Hotel
(311)
0.77 0.63 - 0.93 0.65 / 0.93 *** 0.14 ( 18% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80

All Suites Hotel
(311)
On a: Saturday
0.91 0.86 - 0.93 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200

All Suites Hotel
(311)
On a: Sunday
0.83 0.80 - 0.85 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80

Land Use: 312 Business Hotel
Description
A business hotel is a place of lodging aimed toward the business traveler but also accommodates a
growing number of recreational travelers. These hotels provide sleeping accommodations and other
limited facilities, such as a breakfast buffet bar and afternoon beverage bar. Some provide a full-
service restaurant geared toward hotel guests. Some provide a swimming pool; most provide fitness
facilities. Limited space for meeting facilities may be provided. Each unit is a large single room. Hotel
(Land Use 310), all suites hotel (Land Use 311), motel (Land Use 320), and resort hotel (Land Use
330) are related uses.

12:00–4:00 a.m. 100 82
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – 96
7:00 a.m. 89 98
8:00 a.m. 64 87
9:00 a.m. 56 74
10:00 a.m. 49 64
11:00 a.m. 45 56
12:00 p.m. 45 48
1:00 p.m. 41 44
2:00 p.m. 39 40
3:00 p.m. 39 46
4:00 p.m. 44 48
5:00 p.m. 48 55
6:00 p.m. 51 60
7:00 p.m. 54 64
8:00 p.m. 62 67
9:00 p.m. 72 81
10:00 p.m. 86 88
11:00 p.m. 93 100

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the eight study sites in a general urban/suburban setting and
with parking supply information is 1.1 spaces per room. For one dense multi-use urban site, the
parking ratio is 0.9 spaces per room.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California, Georgia,
and Washington.
Source Numbers
6, 217, 311, 314, 401, 512, 526

Business Hotel
(312)
0.72 0.55 - 0.85 0.64 / 0.83 *** 0.10 ( 14% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300
X = Number of Rooms

Business Hotel
(312)
On a: Saturday
0.64 0.54 - 0.75 0.57 / 0.75 *** 0.11 ( 17% )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Rooms

Business Hotel
(312)
0.73 0.57 - 0.85 0.68 / 0.84 *** 0.09 ( 12% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

Business Hotel
(312)
On a: Saturday
0.69 0.58 - 0.79 0.62 / 0.79 *** 0.10 ( 14% )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200

Business Hotel
(312)
0.62 0.62 - 0.62 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Rooms

Business Hotel
(312)
0.69 0.69 - 0.69 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200

Land Use: 320 Motel
Description
A motel is a place of lodging that provides sleeping accommodations, offers free on-site parking, and
provides little or no meeting space and few supporting facilities. Exterior corridors accessing rooms
(immediately adjacent to a parking lot) is common for a motel. Hotel (Land Use 310), all suites hotel
(Land Use 311), business hotel (Land Use 312), and resort hotel (Land Use 330) are related uses.
Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s in California and Maryland.
Source Numbers
7, 157

Motel
(320)
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 12:00 - 7:00 a.m.
0.72 0.41 - 0.84 0.49 / 0.84 *** 0.21 ( 29% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Rooms

Motel
(320)
0.72 0.41 - 0.84 0.49 / 0.84 *** 0.21 ( 29% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

Land Use: 330 Resort Hotel
Description
A resort hotel is similar to a hotel (Land Use 310) in that it provides sleeping accommodations, full-
service restaurants, cocktail lounges, retail shops, and guest services. The primary difference is that
a resort hotel caters to the tourist and vacation industry, often providing a wide variety of recreational
facilities/programs (golf courses, tennis courts, beach access, or other amenities) rather than
convention and meeting business. Hotel (Land Use 310), all suites hotel (Land Use 311), business
hotel (Land Use 312), and motel (Land Use 320) are related uses.
It is recognized that some resort hotels cater to convention business as well as the tourist and
vacation industry. The sites in the database do not have convention facilities. A resort hotel
with convention facilities is likely to have a different level and pattern of parking demand than is
presented below and in the data plots.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday (one study
site) and a Saturday (one study site) in a dense multi-use urban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. 93 84
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. 71 58
7:00 a.m. 74 58
8:00 a.m. 88 63
9:00 a.m. 100 65
10:00 a.m. 95 60
11:00 a.m. 92 60
12:00 p.m. 86 59
1:00 p.m. 87 50
2:00 p.m. 85 51
3:00 p.m. 87 49
4:00 p.m. 87 54
5:00 p.m. 85 52
6:00 p.m. 73 63
7:00 p.m. 72 80
8:00 p.m. 80 94
9:00 p.m. 83 99
10:00 p.m. 94 100
11:00 p.m. 96 93

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the four study sites with parking supply information is 1.4
spaces per room.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2000s in California, Nevada, South
Carolina, and Texas.
Source Numbers
152, 212, 217, 281, 283

Resort Hotel
(330)
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 10:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m.
0.96 0.55 - 1.86 0.72 / 1.86 *** 0.45 ( 47% )
800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 200 400 600 800
X = Number of Rooms

Resort Hotel
(330)
On a: Saturday
0.68 0.60 - 1.81 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000
X = Number of Rooms

Resort Hotel
(330)
On a: Sunday
1.79 1.79 - 1.79 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200 300
X = Number of Rooms

Resort Hotel
(330)
1.06 0.55 - 2.17 0.94 / 2.17 *** 0.49 ( 46% )
800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 200 400 600

Resort Hotel
(330)
On a: Saturday
0.73 0.64 - 2.11 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000 3000

Resort Hotel
(330)
On a: Sunday
2.09 2.09 - 2.09 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200

Resort Hotel
(330)
0.58 0.58 - 0.58 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

Resort Hotel
(330)
On a: Saturday
1.12 1.12 - 1.12 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200 300

Land Use: 411 Public Park
Description
Public parks are owned and operated by a municipal, county, state, or federal agency. The parks
surveyed vary widely as to location, type, and number of facilities, including boating or swimming
facilities, beaches, hiking trails, ball fields, soccer fields, campsites, and picnic facilities. Seasonal
use of the individual sites differs widely as a result of the varying facilities and local conditions, such
as weather. For example, some of the sites are used primarily for boating or swimming; others are
used for softball games. Soccer complex (Land Use 488) is a related use.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a Saturday (one study
site) and a Sunday (one study site) in a general urban/suburban setting.

Hour Beginning Saturday Sunday
12:00–4:00 a.m. – –
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. 10 –
8:00 a.m. 10 –
9:00 a.m. 58 –
10:00 a.m. 70 17
11:00 a.m. 75 17
12:00 p.m. 67 33
1:00 p.m. 99 83
2:00 p.m. 100 83
3:00 p.m. 80 100
4:00 p.m. 61 50
5:00 p.m. 26 17
6:00 p.m. 33 50
7:00 p.m. – –
8:00 p.m. – –
9:00 p.m. – –
10:00 p.m. – –
11:00 p.m. – –

Additional Data
The percentage of the park area that is used most intensively varies considerably within the
studies contained in this land use; therefore, caution should be used when using acres as an
independent variable.
The sites were surveyed in the 2000s and the 2010s in California and Oregon.
Source Numbers
314, 315, 520

Public Park
(411)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Acres
On a: Saturday
Avg. Num. of Acres: 132
Peak Period Parking Demand per Acre
0.47 0.17 - 5.08 0.20 / 5.08 *** 1.23 ( 262% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300
X = Number of Acres

Public Park
(411)
On a: Sunday
1.21 0.33 - 2.80 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20
X = Number of Acres

Land Use: 420 Marina
Description
A marina is a public or private facility that provides docks and berths for boats and may include
limited retail and restaurant space.
Additional Data
The site was surveyed in the 1980s in Washington.
Source Number
162

Marina
(420)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Berths
Avg. Num. of Berths: 1753
Peak Period Parking Demand per Berth
0.27 0.27 - 0.27 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 1000 2000
X = Number of Berths

Marina
(420)
On a: Saturday
0.35 0.35 - 0.35 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 1000 2000

Marina
(420)
On a: Sunday
0.59 0.59 - 0.59 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000

Land Use: 430 Golf Course
Description
Golf courses include 9-, 18-, and 27-hole municipal courses. Some sites may also have driving
ranges and clubhouses with a pro shop, restaurant, lounge, and banquet facilities. Multipurpose
recreational facility (Land Use 435) is a related use.
Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the 12 study sites with parking supply information is 11 spaces
per hole.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 2000s in California and Colorado.
Source Numbers
136, 315

Golf Course
(430)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Holes
On a: Saturday
Avg. Num. of Holes: 20
Peak Period Parking Demand per Hole
8.50 3.67 - 10.33 8.24 / 9.91 *** 1.54 ( 18% )

300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30
X = Number of Holes

Golf Course
(430)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Holes
On a: Sunday
Avg. Num. of Holes: 18
Peak Period Parking Demand per Hole
7.22 5.67 - 8.78 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20
X = Number of Holes

Golf Course
(430)
On a: Saturday
12.55 9.30 - 17.60 10.62 / 17.60 *** 3.53 ( 28% )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30

Land Use: 433 Batting Cages
Description
These facilities consist of one or more individual batting cages. They may or may not include limited
game rooms or refreshment services. This land use is a stand-alone facility and is not part of a larger
multipurpose entertainment or recreational facility. Multipurpose recreational facility (Land Use 435)
is a related use.
Additional Data
The site was surveyed in the 1990s in California.
Source Number
209

Batting Cages
(433)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Cages
On a: Friday
Avg. Num. of Cages: 5.0
Peak Period Parking Demand per Cage
2.00 2.00 - 2.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 2 4 6
X = Number of Cages

Batting Cages
(433)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Cages
On a: Saturday
Avg. Num. of Cages: 5.0
Peak Period Parking Demand per Cage
1.00 1.00 - 1.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
4
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 2 4 6
X = Number of Cages

Land Use: 435 Multipurpose Recreational Facility
Description
A multipurpose recreational facility contains two or more of the following land uses combined at one
site: miniature golf, batting cages, video arcade, bumper boats, go-carts, and golf driving range.
Refreshment areas may also be provided. Golf course (Land Use 430) and batting cages (Land Use
Additional Data
The database consists of one site that contains two 18-hole miniature golf courses, batting cages,
clubhouse with a video arcade and food service, trampoline, and skateboard area. The site has 97
parking spaces.
Source Number
161

Multipurpose Recreational Facility
(435)
On a: Friday
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 8:00 p.m. (single count)
Avg. Num. of Acres: 4.0
9.50 9.50 - 9.50 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 1 2 3 4 5
X = Number of Acres

Multipurpose Recreational Facility
(435)
On a: Saturday
Avg. Num. of Acres: 4.0
16.00 16.00 - 16.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 1 2 3 4 5
X = Number of Acres

Land Use: 437 Bowling Alley
Description
A bowling alley is a recreational facility that includes bowling lanes. A small lounge, restaurant and/or
snack bar, video games, and pool tables may also be available.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at five
study sites.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. –
9:00 a.m. –
10:00 a.m. –
11:00 a.m. –
12:00 p.m. –
1:00 p.m. –
2:00 p.m. –
3:00 p.m. –
4:00 p.m. –
5:00 p.m. 45
6:00 p.m. 87
7:00 p.m. 99
8:00 p.m. 100
9:00 p.m. 82
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –
Additional Data
Factors such as the extent of ancillary activities (for example, billiards, lounge) and transitions
between activities (when one bowling league had not yet ended and the next was about to begin)
may have affected parking demand.

The average parking supply ratio for the 13 study sites with parking supply information is 4.9 spaces
per lane.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 1990s in Colorado and Oregon.
Source Numbers
138, 275

Bowling Alley
(437)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Bowling Lanes
Avg. Num. of Bowling Lanes: 31
Peak Period Parking Demand per Bowling Lane
4.39 2.94 - 5.25 4.12 / 5.13 *** 0.66 ( 15% )

300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
X = Number of Bowling Lanes

Bowling Alley
(437)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Bowling Lanes
Avg. Num. of Bowling Lanes: 28
Peak Period Parking Demand per Bowling Lane
2.21 2.21 - 2.21 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 10 20 30
X = Number of Bowling Lanes

Land Use: 438 Billiard Hall
Description
A billiard hall is a recreational facility in which people play cue sports such as billiards, pool, or
snooker. It may also have an ancillary lounge, video arcade, or food service.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a Friday (one study site)
and a Saturday (one study site) in a general urban/suburban setting.

Hour Beginning Friday Saturday
12:00–4:00 a.m. 51 62
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. – –
8:00 a.m. – –
9:00 a.m. – –
10:00 a.m. – –
11:00 a.m. – –
12:00 p.m. – –
1:00 p.m. – –
2:00 p.m. – –
3:00 p.m. – –
4:00 p.m. – –
5:00 p.m. 11 32
6:00 p.m. 13 21
7:00 p.m. 27 38
8:00 p.m. 58 71
9:00 p.m. 87 94
10:00 p.m. 100 100
11:00 p.m. 80 91

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratios for the one study site with parking supply information are 3.0
spaces per table and 6.9 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA.
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s in California and New Jersey.
Source Numbers
108, 209

Billiard Hall
(438)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 9.6
6.72 6.56 - 7.03 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 10 20

Billiard Hall
(438)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 6.4
5.31 5.31 - 5.31 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 2 4 6 8

Billiard Hall
(438)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Tables
Avg. Num. of Tables: 24
Peak Period Parking Demand per Table
2.69 2.37 - 2.90 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 10 20 30
X = Number of Tables

Billiard Hall
(438)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Tables
On a: Saturday
Avg. Num. of Tables: 19
Peak Period Parking Demand per Table
1.79 1.79 - 1.79 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 10 20
X = Number of Tables

Land Use: 440 Adult Cabaret
Description
An adult cabaret is a nightclub with partially clothed or non-clothed live dancers (also known as an
exotic dance club).
sites) and a Saturday (two study sites) in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. 100 87
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. – –
8:00 a.m. – –
9:00 a.m. – –
10:00 a.m. – –
11:00 a.m. – –
12:00 p.m. – –
1:00 p.m. – –
2:00 p.m. – –
3:00 p.m. – –
4:00 p.m. – –
5:00 p.m. – –
6:00 p.m. 40 63
7:00 p.m. 58 69
8:00 p.m. 77 63
9:00 p.m. 88 76
10:00 p.m. 92 100
11:00 p.m. 94 93
Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s in California.
Source Number
314

Adult Cabaret
(440)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 5.0
4.82 4.76 - 4.86 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 2 4 6

Adult Cabaret
(440)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 5.0
5.62 5.24 - 5.90 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 2 4 6

Adult Cabaret
(440)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Seats
Avg. Num. of Seats: 105
Peak Period Parking Demand per Seat
0.23 0.22 - 0.24 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Seats

Adult Cabaret
(440)
On a: Saturday
0.27 0.26 - 0.27 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Seats

Land Use: 441 Live Theater
Description
A live theater is an enclosed building or open-air setting at which live performances (e.g., plays,
music, comedy) are presented. The facility includes a stage, backstage area, dressing rooms, seats
for the audience and a lobby area.
Additional Data
A data plot with number of attendees as the independent variable is used for this land use. The number
of seats is not used because of the wide variability in seat occupancy. At three of the study sites,
about half of the seats were occupied. For the fourth site, nearly all seats were occupied. The average
parking supply ratio for the four study sites with parking supply information is 0.3 spaces per seat.
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s in Tennessee.
Source Number
245

Live Theater
(441)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Attendees
Setting/Location: Rural
Avg. Num. of Attendees: 800
Peak Period Parking Demand per Attendee
0.38 0.37 - 0.40 0.37 / 0.40 *** 0.01 ( 3% )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 1000 2000
X = Number of Attendees

Land Use: 444 Movie Theater
Description
A traditional movie theater consists of audience seating, typically less than 10 screens, a lobby, and
a refreshment stand. The sites show movies on weekday afternoons and evenings as well as on
weekends. Multiplex movie theater (Land Use 445) is a related use.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a non-December Friday
(two study sites), a non-December Saturday (two study sites), a December Friday (two study sites),
and a December Saturday (one study site).

Non–December December
Hour Beginning Friday Saturday Friday Saturday
12:00–4:00 a.m. 24 41 20 3
5:00 a.m. – – – –
6:00 a.m. – – – –
7:00 a.m. – – – –
8:00 a.m. – – – –
9:00 a.m. – – – –
10:00 a.m. – – – –
11:00 a.m. – – – –
12:00 p.m. 7 5 15 19
1:00 p.m. 53 73 47 26
2:00 p.m. 61 77 49 62
3:00 p.m. 63 77 52 62
4:00 p.m. 63 81 59 52
5:00 p.m. 64 84 65 78
6:00 p.m. 63 86 71 80
7:00 p.m. 86 93 78 100
8:00 p.m. 99 100 100 95
9:00 p.m. 100 98 93 95
10:00 p.m. 46 39 48 44
11:00 p.m. 43 43 39 44

Additional Data
A traditional theater characteristically houses a larger number of seats per screen than does a
multiplex theater. For the sites in Land Use 444 with data for both number of movie screens and
number of seats, the average number of seats per movie screen was 304. For the sites in Land Use
445 with data for both number of movie screens and number of seats, the average number of seats
per movie screen was 225.
For additional information on traditional movie theaters, refer to the ITE Informational Report, Trip
Generation Characteristics of Traditional and Multiplex Movie Theaters.
The average parking supply ratio for the two study sites with parking supply information is 22 spaces
per 100 theater seats.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2000s in California, New York, and Oregon.
Source Numbers
22, 163, 209, 217, 285, 419

Movie Theater - Non-December
(444)
On a: Friday
7.45 7.45 - 7.45 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

(444)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Movie Screens
On a: Friday
Avg. Num. of Movie Screens: 7.3
Peak Period Parking Demand per Movie Screen
47.32 34.00 - 70.38 34.07 / 70.38 *** 21.35 ( 45% )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
X = Number of Movie Screens

(444)
On a: Saturday
68.62 43.40 - 84.38 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 2 4 6 8 10

(444)
On a: Friday
0.14 0.07 - 0.21 0.09 / 0.21 *** 0.06 ( 43% )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 1000 2000 3000
X = Number of Seats

(444)
On a: Saturday
0.19 0.09 - 0.25 0.10 / 0.25 *** 0.09 ( 47% )
800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 1000 2000 3000
X = Number of Seats

Movie Theater - December
(444)
On a: Friday
8.46 8.46 - 8.46 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

(444)
On a: Friday
38.89 38.89 - 38.89 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 2 4 6 8 10

(444)
On a: Friday
0.14 0.14 - 0.15 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 1000 2000 3000
X = Number of Seats

(444)
On a: Saturday
0.21 0.19 - 0.23 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
X = Number of Seats

Land Use: 445 Multiplex Movie Theater
Description
A multiplex movie theater consists of audience seating, a minimum of 10 screens, a lobby, and a
refreshment area. The development generally has one or more of the following amenities: digital
sound, tiered stadium seating, and moveable or expandable walls. Theaters included in this category
are primarily stand-alone facilities with separate parking and dedicated driveways. All theaters in the
category show only first-run movies or movies not previously seen through any other media. They
may also have matinee showings. Movie theater (Land Use 444) is a related use.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a Friday during
December (two study sites) and a Saturday during December (two study sites) in a general urban/
suburban setting.

Hour Beginning Friday in December Saturday in December
12:00–4:00 a.m. – –
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. – –
8:00 a.m. – –
9:00 a.m. – –
10:00 a.m. – –
11:00 a.m. – –
12:00 p.m. 82 –
1:00 p.m. 100 75
2:00 p.m. 98 67
3:00 p.m. 95 60
4:00 p.m. 91 75
5:00 p.m. 90 74
6:00 p.m. 87 80
7:00 p.m. 90 94
8:00 p.m. 93 100
9:00 p.m. 88 –
10:00 p.m. 67 –
11:00 p.m. 61 –

Additional Data
A multiplex theater typically houses a smaller number of seats per screen than does a traditional
theater. For the sites in Land Use 445 with data for both number of movie screens and number of
seats, the average number of seats per movie screen was 225. For the sites in Land Use 444 with
data for both number of movie screens and number of seats, the average number of seats per movie
screen was 304.
For additional information on multiplex movie theaters, refer to the ITE Informational Report, Trip
Generation Characteristics of Traditional and Multiplex Movie Theaters.
The average parking supply ratio for the four study sites with parking supply information is 29 spaces
per 100 theater seats.
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s and the 2000s in California, Nevada, Oregon, and Pennsylvania.
Source Numbers
407, 419, 420, 432

Multiplex Movie Theater - December
(445)
On a: Friday
8.55 4.93 - 13.23 7.13 / 13.23 *** 3.56 ( 42% )
1000
800
P = Parked Vehicles
600
400
200
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

(445)
On a: Saturday
8.06 8.06 - 8.06 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 20 40 60

(445)
On a: Friday
Avg. Num. of Movie Screens: 14
38.14 24.81 - 51.25 31.06 / 51.25 *** 11.91 ( 31% )
1000
800
P = Parked Vehicles
600
400
200
0
0 10 20

(445)
On a: Saturday
Avg. Num. of Movie Screens: 12
41.63 33.36 - 53.20 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 10 20

(445)
On a: Friday
0.17 0.12 - 0.28 0.14 / 0.28 *** 0.07 ( 41% )
1000
800
P = Parked Vehicles
600
400
200
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000
X = Number of Seats

(445)
On a: Saturday
0.18 0.14 - 0.22 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000
X = Number of Seats

Land Use: 464 Roller Skating Rink
Description
A roller skating rink is a free-standing facility used for roller skating. It may include limited spectator
seating, a refreshment area, locker rooms and an arcade.
Additional Data
The site was surveyed in the 1980s in Michigan.
Source Number
20

Roller Skating Rink
(464)
On a: Friday
5.80 5.80 - 5.80 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30

Land Use: 465 Ice Skating Rink
Description
An ice skating rink is a stand-alone facility used for ice-skating-oriented sports and entertainment
activities. It may contain limited spectator seating, refreshment areas, a locker room, and arcade.
Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the study sites with parking supply information is 160 spaces
per rink (five sites).
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California, New
Jersey, and Utah.
Source Numbers
120, 235, 313, 516, 531

Ice Skating Rink
(465)
1.18 0.42 - 4.27 0.46 / 4.27 *** 1.58 ( 134% )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200

Ice Skating Rink
(465)
On a: Saturday
1.75 0.58 - 5.60 0.82 / 5.60 *** 1.92 ( 110% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

Ice Skating Rink
(465)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Rinks
Avg. Num. of Rinks: 1.6
Peak Period Parking Demand per Rink
42.64 11.00 - 67.00 28.10 / 63.25 *** 18.80 ( 44% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 1 2 3
X = Number of Rinks

Ice Skating Rink
(465)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Rinks
On a: Saturday
Avg. Num. of Rinks: 1.6
Peak Period Parking Demand per Rink
80.50 15.00 - 144.50 52.15 / 141.50 *** 44.77 ( 56% )

300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 1 2 3
X = Number of Rinks

Land Use: 466 Snow Ski Area
Description
A snow ski area typically includes chair lifts, ski runs, and a lodge facility. Snow ski areas may
also contain equipment rental facilities, refreshment areas, locker rooms, and small commercial/
office space.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a Saturday at one
study site.
Hour Beginning Percent of Saturday Peak Parking Demand

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 6
8:00 a.m. 26
9:00 a.m. 62
10:00 a.m. 79
11:00 a.m. 94
12:00 p.m. 100
1:00 p.m. 95
2:00 p.m. 81
3:00 p.m. 48
4:00 p.m. 13
5:00 p.m. 2
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the five study sites with parking supply information is 1.0 spaces
per acre of ski trails.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 2010s in Colorado and Montana.
Although acres of ski trails and number of lift tickets sold are used as independent variables, many
other factors can have potentially significant effects on parking demand, including special events at
the site, lift ticket fees, proportion of season pass versus daily lift ticket buyers and proximity to an
urban area (in other words, population available for day trips).
Source Numbers
29, 518

Snow Ski Area
(466)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Acres of Ski Trails
Avg. Num. of Acres of Ski Trails: 2000
Peak Period Parking Demand per Acre of Ski Trails
0.28 0.28 - 0.28 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 1000 2000 3000
X = Number of Acres of Ski Trails

Snow Ski Area
(466)
On a: Saturday
0.92 0.76 - 1.71 1.00 / 1.71 *** 0.29 ( 32% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000 3000

Snow Ski Area
(466)
On a: Sunday
0.44 0.44 - 0.44 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
1000
800
P = Parked Vehicles
600
400
200
0
0 1000 2000 3000

Snow Ski Area
(466)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Daily Lift Tickets
On a: Saturday
Avg. Num. of Daily Lift Tickets: 1706
Peak Period Parking Demand per Daily Lift Ticket
0.22 0.18 - 0.34 0.19 / 0.34 *** 0.05 ( 23% )
800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000
X = Number of Daily Lift Tickets

Land Use: 473 Casino/Video Lottery Establishment
Description
A casino/video lottery establishment is a business that provides electronic or manually-controlled slot

machines. These facilities exist for the primary purpose of deriving revenue from gaming operations.
Full food service is generally not provided at these facilities; however, refreshments and alcoholic
beverages may be served. These facilities do not include full-service casinos or casino/hotel facilities.
Additional Data
For the purpose of Parking Generation Manual, the independent variable gaming position is defined as
a seat or standing location at which an individual participates in a casino gaming activity, such as slots
and video machines or table games. Table games generally average seven gaming positions per table.
Because the database consists of three study sites with a wide disparity in their characteristics, a
data plot is not presented.
One site has a gross floor area of 64,000 square feet and 1,100 gaming positions. The site also
includes 50 hotel rooms. The parking supply ratios for the site are 14 spaces per 1,000 square
feet GFA and 0.8 spaces per gaming position. The peak parking demand ratios on Friday are 5.8
vehicles per 1,000 square feet GFA and 0.34 vehicles per gaming position.
includes 755 hotel rooms. The parking supply ratios for the site are 30 spaces per 1,000 square
feet GFA and 1.5 spaces per gaming position. The peak parking demand ratios on Sunday are 29.0
vehicles per 1,000 square feet GFA and 1.46 vehicles per gaming position.
includes 1,500 hotel rooms. The parking supply ratios for the site are 64 spaces per 1,000 square feet
GFA and 2.6 spaces per gaming table. Peak parking demand on a Friday is 30.5 vehicles per 1,000
square feet GFA and 1.22 vehicles per gaming position. Peak parking demand on a Saturday is 35.3
vehicles per 1,000 square feet GFA and 1.42 vehicles per gaming position. Peak parking demand on a
Sunday is 29.3 vehicles per 1,000 square feet GFA and 1.17 vehicles per gaming position.
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s in Michigan, Mississippi, and New Jersey.
Source Number
211

Land Use: 481 Zoo
Description
A zoo is an establishment where live animals are kept and usually exhibited to the public for
recreational purposes.
Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the one study site with parking supply information is 12 spaces
per acre.
Source Number
315

Zoo
(481)
8.07 8.07 - 8.07 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30 40
X = Number of Acres

Zoo
(481)
On a: Sunday
12.10 12.10 - 12.10 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 10 20 30 40
X = Number of Acres

Land Use: 482 Water Slide Park
Description
A water slide park contains water slides, wading pools, and refreshment stands. Some water slide
parks may include picnic areas.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand for one study site on a
weekday and a Saturday.

12:00–4:00 a.m. – –
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. – –
8:00 a.m. – –
9:00 a.m. – –
10:00 a.m. 19 10
11:00 a.m. 64 36
12:00 p.m. 81 60
1:00 p.m. 89 76
2:00 p.m. 100 93
3:00 p.m. 95 100
4:00 p.m. 77 91
5:00 p.m. 63 78
6:00 p.m. 44 66
7:00 p.m. 23 51
8:00 p.m. – 32
9:00 p.m. – –
10:00 p.m. – –
11:00 p.m. – –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the two study sites with parking supply information is 86 spaces
per acre.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 2000s in Texas.
Source Numbers
167, 447

Water Slide Park
(482)
43.77 40.48 - 53.25 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
1000
800
P = Parked Vehicles
600
400
200
0
0 10 20 30
X = Number of Acres

Water Slide Park
(482)
On a: Saturday
78.58 61.63 - 84.48 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 10 20 30
X = Number of Acres

Water Slide Park
(482)
On a: Sunday
11.68 11.68 - 11.68 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 10 20 30 40
X = Number of Acres

Land Use: 488 Soccer Complex
Description
A soccer complex is an outdoor facility that is used for non-professional soccer games. It may consist
of multiple fields. The size of each field within the land use may vary to accommodate games for
different age groups. Ancillary amenities may include stadium seating, a fitness trail, an activities
shelter, aquatic center, picnic grounds, basketball and tennis courts, and a playground. Public park
(Land Use 411) is a related use.
All parking demand counts in the database were taken during a tournament or league games for
which a series of back-to-back games were held on each field.
Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the 12 study sites with parking supply information is 41 spaces
per soccer field.
The sites were surveyed in the 2000s in Oregon and Washington.
Source Number
401

Soccer Complex
(488)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Fields
On a: Friday
Avg. Num. of Fields: 10.0
Peak Period Parking Demand per Field
59.63 42.00 - 70.80 46.82 / 70.80 *** 11.39 ( 19% )
1000
800
P = Parked Vehicles
600
400
200
0
0 10 20
X = Number of Fields

Soccer Complex
(488)
On a: Saturday
62.12 45.00 - 74.00 60.00 / 69.65 *** 7.00 ( 11% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 10 20

Soccer Complex
(488)
On a: Sunday
62.29 34.00 - 74.67 46.12 / 74.31 *** 15.15 ( 24% )

800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 10 20

Land Use: 490 Tennis Courts
Description
Tennis courts are indoor or outdoor facilities specifically designed for playing tennis. Tennis courts
can either be public or private facilities and do not typically include any ancillary facilities other than
limited spectator seating. Racquet/tennis club (Land Use 491) is a related use.
Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the one study site with parking supply information is 6.2 spaces
per tennis court.
Source Number
315

Tennis Court
(490)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Tennis Courts
On a: Saturday
Avg. Num. of Tennis Courts: 6.0
Peak Period Parking Demand per Tennis Court
2.67 2.67 - 2.67 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 2 4 6 8
X = Number of Tennis Courts

Land Use: 491 Racquet/Tennis Club
Description
A racquet/tennis club is a privately-owned facility that primarily caters to racquet sports (e.g.,
tennis, racquetball, handball, squash), both indoor and outdoor. This land use may also provide
ancillary facilities, such as a whirlpool, sauna, spa, weight room, snack bar, or retail store. Some
sites offer daycare. Some sites offer competitive team sports. These facilities are membership
clubs that may allow access to the general public for a fee. Tennis courts (Land Use 490), health/
fitness club (Land Use 492), athletic club (Land Use 493), and recreational community center
(Land Use 495) are related uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand for one study site on a
Friday, Saturday, and Sunday in a general urban/suburban setting.

Hour Beginning Friday Saturday Sunday
12:00–4:00 a.m. – – –
5:00 a.m. – – 14
6:00 a.m. – – 46
7:00 a.m. – – 76
8:00 a.m. – 100 100
9:00 a.m. – 100 85
10:00 a.m. 59 83 78
11:00 a.m. 64 86 75
12:00 p.m. 70 94 75
1:00 p.m. 86 83 –
2:00 p.m. 94 88 –
3:00 p.m. 100 78 –
4:00 p.m. 100 65 –
5:00 p.m. 89 77 –
6:00 p.m. 65 – –
7:00 p.m. 41 – –
8:00 p.m. – – –
9:00 p.m. – – –
10:00 p.m. – – –
11:00 p.m. – – –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratios for the seven study sites with parking supply information are 1.3
spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA and 4.3 spaces per court.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 1990s in British Columbia (CAN), New York, and Oregon.
Source Numbers
21, 22, 123, 275, 276

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
On a: Weekday (Monday - Thursday)
0.98 0.74 - 1.20 0.78 / 1.20 *** 0.20 ( 20% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
On a: Friday
5.49 5.49 - 5.49 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 10 20

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
On a: Saturday
4.81 4.81 - 4.81 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 10 20

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
On a: Sunday
4.49 4.49 - 4.49 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 10 20

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
Avg. Num. of Tennis Courts: 12
4.33 3.08 - 5.54 3.46 / 5.54 *** 1.08 ( 25% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 10 20

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
On a: Friday
7.33 7.33 - 7.33 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 10 20

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
On a: Saturday
6.42 6.42 - 6.42 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 10 20

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
On a: Sunday
6.00 6.00 - 6.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 10 20

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Members (100)
Avg. Num. of Members (100): 5.5
Peak Period Parking Demand per Member (100)
10.73 8.00 - 13.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 2 4 6 8
X = Number of Members (100)

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
On a: Friday
Avg. Num. of Members (100): 19
4.71 4.71 - 4.71 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 10 20

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
On a: Saturday
4.12 4.12 - 4.12 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 10 20

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
On a: Sunday
3.85 3.85 - 3.85 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 10 20

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
1.15 1.15 - 1.15 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 10 20 30

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
Avg. Num. of Tennis Courts: 10.0
3.00 3.00 - 3.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 10 20

Racquet/Tennis Club
(491)
1.50 1.50 - 1.50 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 10 20 30

Land Use: 492 Health/Fitness Club
Description
A health/fitness club is a privately-owned facility that primarily focuses on individual fitness or training.
It typically provides exercise classes, fitness equipment, a weight room, spa, locker rooms, and a small
restaurant or snack bar. This land use may also include ancillary facilities, such as a swimming pool,
whirlpool, sauna, limited retail, and tennis, racquetball or handball courts. These facilities are membership
clubs that may allow access to the general public for a fee. Racquet/tennis club (Land Use 491),
athletic club (Land Use 493), and recreational community center (Land Use 495) are related uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday (five study
sites) and a Saturday (two study sites) in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. – –
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. – –
8:00 a.m. – 80
9:00 a.m. – 100
10:00 a.m. 62 100
11:00 a.m. 55 97
12:00 p.m. 44 79
1:00 p.m. 41 81
2:00 p.m. 36 73
3:00 p.m. 41 71
4:00 p.m. 69 70
5:00 p.m. 96 65
6:00 p.m. 100 62
7:00 p.m. 85 –
8:00 p.m. – –
9:00 p.m. – –
10:00 p.m. – –
11:00 p.m. – –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the study sites with parking supply information are 4.3 spaces
per 1,000 square feet GFA (10 sites) and 14 spaces per 100 members (four sites).
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Arizona, California,
Colorado, Minnesota, New Jersey, New York, Oregon, and Texas.
Source Numbers
22, 142, 164, 165, 166, 215, 229, 261, 275, 430, 433, 435, 543

Health/Fitness Club
(492)
4.73 1.97 - 10.56 3.93 / 8.87 4.00 - 5.46 1.91 ( 40% )

300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60 80

Health/Fitness Club
(492)
On a: Saturday
3.26 2.34 - 5.79 2.59 / 5.67 *** 1.28 ( 39% )

300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60 80

Health/Fitness Club
(492)
9.91 8.63 - 22.25 9.07 / 22.25 *** 3.70 ( 37% )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30 40

Land Use: 493 Athletic Club
Description
An athletic club is a privately-owned facility that offers comprehensive athletic facilities. An athletic
club typically has courts for racquet sports (e.g., tennis, racquetball, squash, handball); a basketball
court; a sauna or spa; and fitness, exercise, and weightlifting rooms. They often provide a swimming
pool or whirlpool. They often offer diverse, competitive team sport activities and social facilities.
These facilities are membership clubs that may allow access to the general public for a fee. Racquet/
tennis club (Land Use 491), health/fitness club (Land Use 492), and recreational community center
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at two study
sites in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. 20
7:00 a.m. 35
8:00 a.m. 34
9:00 a.m. 27
10:00 a.m. 32
11:00 a.m. 34
12:00 p.m. 39
1:00 p.m. 45
2:00 p.m. 38
3:00 p.m. 47
4:00 p.m. 48
5:00 p.m. 64
6:00 p.m. 100
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratios for the study sites with parking supply information are 3.4 spaces
per 1,000 square feet GFA (nine sites) and 7.6 spaces per 100 members (seven sites).
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 1990s in Arizona, Colorado, Georgia, Minnesota,
and Oregon.
Source Numbers
142, 165, 259, 275, 276, 435

Athletic Club
(493)
3.05 1.48 - 5.20 2.19 / 5.01 *** 1.31 ( 43% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200

Athletic Club
(493)
9.16 4.03 - 18.08 6.85 / 17.04 *** 5.12 ( 56% )

300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30 40

Athletic Club
(493)
8.39 4.26 - 13.54 4.81 / 13.31 *** 4.02 ( 48% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 10 20 30 40

Land Use: 495 Recreational Community Center
Description
A recreational community center is a stand-alone public facility similar to and including YMCAs.
These facilities often include classes and clubs for adults and children; a day care or nursery
school; meeting rooms and other social facilities; swimming pools and whirlpools; saunas; tennis,
racquetball, handball, basketball and volleyball courts; outdoor athletic fields/courts; exercise
classes; weightlifting and gymnastics equipment; locker rooms; and a restaurant or snack bar. Public
access is typically allowed and a membership fee may be charged. Racquet/tennis club (Land Use
491), health/fitness club (Land Use 492), and athletic club (Land Use 493) are related land uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday (three study
sites), a Saturday (one study site), and a Sunday (one study site) in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. – – –
5:00 a.m. – – –
6:00 a.m. – – –
7:00 a.m. 58 50 –
8:00 a.m. 72 75 –
9:00 a.m. 95 100 –
10:00 a.m. 94 89 –
11:00 a.m. 95 80 11
12:00 p.m. 83 68 43
1:00 p.m. 65 60 69
2:00 p.m. 56 60 84
3:00 p.m. 64 53 100
4:00 p.m. 75 52 75
5:00 p.m. 84 49 –
6:00 p.m. 100 50 –
7:00 p.m. 99 50 –
8:00 p.m. – – –
9:00 p.m. – – –
10:00 p.m. – – –
11:00 p.m. – – –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for seven study sites in a general urban/suburban setting is 2.7
spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA. For one site in a dense multi-use urban setting, the parking
supply ratio is 1.2 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Colorado, Minnesota,
New Jersey, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, and Utah.
Source Numbers
138, 276, 431, 514, 516, 530, 555

Recreational Community Center
(495)
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 9:00 a.m. - 12:00 p.m.; 5:00 - 8:00 p.m.
2.07 1.40 - 4.77 1.69 / 3.78 *** 0.88 ( 43% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

(495)
On a: Saturday
1.90 1.71 - 1.95 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

(495)
On a: Sunday
4.00 4.00 - 4.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

(495)
2.29 1.66 - 6.87 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

(495)
On a: Saturday
2.20 1.95 - 4.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

(495)
1.15 1.15 - 1.15 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

Land Use: 520 Elementary School
Description
An elementary school typically serves students attending kindergarten through the fifth or sixth
grade. An elementary school is usually centrally located in a residential community in order to
facilitate student access. This land use consists of schools where bus service is usually provided
to students living beyond a specified distance from the school. Both public and private elementary
schools are included in this land use. Middle school/junior high school (Land Use 522), high school
(Land Use 530), and private school (K–12) (Land Use 536) are related uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at 10 study

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 60
8:00 a.m. 100
9:00 a.m. 96
10:00 a.m. 95
11:00 a.m. 96
12:00 p.m. 94
1:00 p.m. 96
2:00 p.m. 96
3:00 p.m. 74
4:00 p.m. 52
5:00 p.m. 29
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
Elementary school students generally used school buses more than regular transit and were
dropped off and picked up more than high school students, who were apt to walk longer distances,
ride bicycles, or, in some cases, drive to school. The percentage of students at the sites who were
transported to school via bus varied considerably. Due to the varied transit and school bus usage at
these sites, it is desirable that future studies report additional detail on the percentage of students
who were bused to school and the percentage that were dropped off and picked up.
The elementary schools surveyed exhibited significant variations in terms of facilities provided.
Because the ratio of floor space to student population varied widely among the schools surveyed,
the number of students may be a more reliable independent variable on which to establish parking
generation rates.
Caution should be exercised when using these ratios, as the parking demand data are intended
to only include vehicles that are parked in designated spaces, NOT vehicles queued or backed up
associated with pick up and drop off.
The average parking supply ratio for the eight study sites with parking supply information is 12
spaces per 100 students.
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Alabama, California, Hawaii,
Minnesota, Oklahoma, and Oregon.
For all school uses, it is important to collect data on the size of the building and total number of
students, faculty and employees in order to accurately measure parking demand for the site.
Additional parking demand observations should include evening hours and when special events
occur at the site (for example, special programs or sports field usage). If available, the type of the
event or number of sports fields in use should be documented.
To assist in future analysis of this land use, it is important to report information on the existence of
school bus service and the percentage of students using bus service.
Source Numbers
118, 315, 409, 517, 520, 555

Elementary School
(520)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Students
Avg. Num. of Students: 433
Peak Period Parking Demand per Student
0.13 0.06 - 0.24 0.11 / 0.20 *** 0.05 ( 38% )

100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 200 400 600 800
X = Number of Students

Elementary School
(520)
0.95 0.43 - 1.65 0.78 / 1.64 *** 0.48 ( 51% )

100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Land Use: 522 Middle School/Junior High School
Description
A middle or junior high school serves students who have completed elementary school and have not
yet entered high school. Both public and private middle schools/junior high schools are included in
this land use. Elementary school (Land Use 520), high school (Land Use 530), and private school
(K–12) (Land Use 536) are related uses.
Additional Data
The middle school/junior high schools surveyed exhibited significant variations in terms of facilities
provided. Because the ratio of floor space to student population varied widely among the schools
surveyed, the number of students may be a more reliable independent variable on which to establish
parking generation rates.
The average parking supply ratio for the four study sites with parking supply information is 15 spaces
per 100 students.
The sites were surveyed in the 2000s and the 2010s in California, Colorado, and Washington.
Source Numbers
401, 427, 527

Middle School/Junior High School
(522)
0.09 0.07 - 0.12 0.08 / 0.12 *** 0.02 ( 22% )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 1000 2000

Middle School/Junior High School
(522)
1.40 1.23 - 1.83 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80

Land Use: 530 High School
Description
A high school serves students who have completed middle or junior high school. Both public and
private high schools are included in this land use. Elementary school (Land Use 520), middle school/
junior high school (Land Use 522), and private school (K–12) (Land Use 536) are related uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at five study

12:00–4:00 a.m. 1
5:00 a.m. 1
6:00 a.m. 3
7:00 a.m. 27
8:00 a.m. 79
9:00 a.m. 99
10:00 a.m. 99
11:00 a.m. 100
12:00 p.m. 99
1:00 p.m. 97
2:00 p.m. 99
3:00 p.m. 97
4:00 p.m. 57
5:00 p.m. 49
6:00 p.m. 21
7:00 p.m. 8
8:00 p.m. 1
9:00 p.m. 1
10:00 p.m. 1
11:00 p.m. 1

Additional Data
The high schools surveyed exhibited significant variations in terms of facilities provided. Because the
ratio of floor space to student population varied widely among the schools surveyed, the number of
students may be a more reliable independent variable on which to establish parking generation rates.
The average parking supply ratio for 12 study sites in a general urban/suburban setting is 38 spaces
per 100 students.
Illinois, Minnesota, Oregon, and Pennsylvania.
Source Numbers
158, 202, 205, 276, 313, 434, 502, 540, 554, 557

High School
(530)
0.26 0.16 - 0.34 0.25 / 0.32 *** 0.05 ( 19% )

800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 1000 2000

Land Use: 536 Private School (K–12)
Description
A private school (K–12) primarily serves students attending kindergarten through the 12th grade but
may also include those beginning with pre–K classes. These schools may also offer extended care
and day care. Students may travel a long distance to get to private schools. Elementary school (Land
Use 520), middle school/junior high school (Land Use 522), and high school (Land Use 530) are
related uses.
Additional Data
The private (K–12) schools surveyed exhibited significant variations in terms of facilities provided.
Because the ratio of floor space to student population varied widely among the schools surveyed,
the number of students may be a more reliable independent variable on which to establish parking
generation rates.
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California and Oregon.
Source Numbers
315, 400, 502

Private School (K-12)
(536)
0.35 0.28 - 0.42 0.31 / 0.42 *** 0.08 ( 23% )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 200 400 600 800

Land Use: 538 School District Office
Description
A school district office is an administrative office building that provides services and support to
parents, students, and the community. School district offices typically offer centralized services
for multiple schools in a district including staff training, purchasing, technology services, strategic
planning, public information, student transportation, and student assessments.

12:00–4:00 a.m. 0
5:00 a.m. 0
6:00 a.m. 0
7:00 a.m. 2
8:00 a.m. 61
9:00 a.m. 78
10:00 a.m. 83
11:00 a.m. 79
12:00 p.m. 61
1:00 p.m. 73
2:00 p.m. 90
3:00 p.m. 100
4:00 p.m. 88
5:00 p.m. 25
6:00 p.m. 0
7:00 p.m. 0
8:00 p.m. 0
9:00 p.m. 0
10:00 p.m. 0
11:00 p.m. 0

Additional Data
Source Number
570

School District Office
(538)
2.36 1.26 - 3.31 2.13 / 3.00 *** 0.43 ( 18% )

100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

(538)
1.13 0.74 - 1.44 1.12 / 1.42 *** 0.24 ( 21% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80

(538)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Students (1,000)
Avg. Num. of Students (1,000): 6.0
Peak Period Parking Demand per Student (1,000)
6.95 3.10 - 13.03 6.33 / 10.50 *** 3.16 ( 45% )

100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 10 20
X = Number of Students (1,000)

Land Use: 540 Junior/Community College
Description
This land use includes two-year junior, community, and technical colleges. Four-year (or more)
colleges or universities are included in university/college (Land Use 550). A number of two-year
institutions have sizable evening programs.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. 63
9:00 a.m. 87
10:00 a.m. 100
11:00 a.m. 100
12:00 p.m. 98
1:00 p.m. 97
2:00 p.m. 93
3:00 p.m. 76
4:00 p.m. 66
5:00 p.m. –
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
the table below.

Setting Proximity to Rail Transit Per School Population Per Student
Dense Multi-Use Within ½ mile of rail transit N.A. N.A.
Urban
General Urban/ Within ½ mile of rail transit 0.14 (1 site) 0.15 (1 site)
Suburban
(CAN), California, Michigan, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, and Oregon.
Future studies should provide information on any existing parking program, parking permit fees, or
transportation demand management programs.
Source Numbers
37, 39, 211, 237, 249, 276, 313, 314, 315, 430, 534

Junior/Community College
(540)
0.20 0.13 - 0.49 0.16 / 0.43 *** 0.08 ( 40% )
8000
6000
P = Parked Vehicles
4000
2000
0
0 10000 20000 30000 40000

(540)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: School Population
Avg. Num. of School Population: 10636
Peak Period Parking Demand per School Population
0.17 0.12 - 0.36 0.15 / 0.25 *** 0.06 ( 35% )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 10000 20000
X = Number of School Population

(540)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 460
3.71 2.61 - 5.47 3.10 / 5.47 *** 1.09 ( 29% )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 200 400 600 800

(540)
2.52 1.95 - 3.32 2.30 / 3.19 *** 0.50 ( 20% )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000

(540)
0.17 0.17 - 0.17 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 10000 20000

(540)
0.15 0.15 - 0.15 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 10000 20000

(540)
1.35 1.35 - 1.35 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000 3000

Land Use: 550 University/College
Description
This land use includes four-year universities or colleges that may or may not offer graduate
programs. Two-year junior, community, and technical colleges are included in junior/community
college (Land Use 540).
study sites in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. –
9:00 a.m. 85
10:00 a.m. 98
11:00 a.m. 100
12:00 p.m. 96
1:00 p.m. 94
2:00 p.m. 90
3:00 p.m. 81
4:00 p.m. –
5:00 p.m. –
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
the table below.

Setting Proximity to Rail Transit Per School Population Per Student
Center City Core Within ½ mile of rail transit 0.17 (1 site) 0.20 (1 site)
Dense Multi-Use Within ½ mile of rail transit 0.19 (1 site) 0.21 (1 site)
Urban
Suburban
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California, Colorado,
Florida, Missouri, North Carolina, Ohio, Ontario (CAN), Oregon, Pennsylvania, Washington, and
West Virginia.
Future studies should provide information on any existing parking program, parking permit fees or
transportation demand management programs.
Source Numbers
38, 49, 119, 169, 211, 276, 313, 315, 430, 431, 552

University/College
(550)
0.33 0.16 - 0.79 0.28 / 0.45 *** 0.12 ( 36% )

20000
P = Parked Vehicles
10000
0
0 10000 20000 30000 40000

University/College
(550)
0.28 0.15 - 0.57 0.25 / 0.39 *** 0.10 ( 36% )

20000
P = Parked Vehicles
10000
0
0 10000 20000 30000 40000

University/College
(550)
0.21 0.17 - 0.27 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 10000 20000

University/College
(550)
0.17 0.15 - 0.19 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 10000 20000

University/College
(550)
0.18 0.18 - 0.18 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

University/College
(550)
0.16 0.16 - 0.16 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

Land Use: 560 Church
Description
A church is a building in which public worship services are held. A church houses an assembly hall or
sanctuary; it may also house meeting rooms, classrooms, and, occasionally, dining, catering, or party
facilities. Synagogue (Land Use 561) and mosque (Land Use 562) are related uses.
Additional Data
Worship services are typically held on Sundays. Some of the surveyed churches offered day care or
extended care programs during the week.
The peak hours for parking demand at the sites have a direct relation to the specific schedule for
church services.
The average parking supply ratios for the study sites with parking supply information are 11 spaces
per 1,000 square feet GFA (12 sites) and 31 spaces per 100 seats (13 sites).
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2000s in California, Illinois, New Jersey,
New York, Oklahoma, and Pennsylvania.
Future studies should include weekday data that encompass group activities (such as, youth groups,
study groups, retreats) as well as base employee data. It is also important to collect attendance data
for the survey days.
Source Numbers
3, 8, 14, 43, 157, 201, 313, 314, 432

Church
(560)
On a: Sunday
9.44 2.36 - 17.32 3.88 / 16.70 *** 5.63 ( 60% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 10 20 30 40

Church
(560)
On a: Saturday
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 10:00 a.m. (single count)
0.37 0.32 - 0.40 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 100 200

Church
(560)
On a: Sunday
0.48 0.12 - 0.71 0.41 / 0.61 *** 0.15 ( 31% )

800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 1000 2000

Church
(560)
On a: Sunday
0.22 0.13 - 0.65 0.15 / 0.34 *** 0.15 ( 68% )

300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 1000 2000
X = Number of Seats

Land Use: 561 Synagogue
Description
A synagogue is a building in which public worship services are held. A synagogue may also house a
sanctuary, meeting rooms, classrooms and, occasionally, dining, catering, or party facilities. Church
(Land Use 560) and mosque (Land Use 562) are related uses.
Additional Data
for the days of the surveys.
Source Number
313

Synagogue
(561)
On a: Friday
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 7:00 - 9:00 p.m. (single count)
0.41 0.41 - 0.41 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
60
40
P = Parked Vehicles
20
0
0 100 200

Land Use: 562 Mosque
Description
A mosque is a building in which public worship services are held. A mosque houses an assembly hall
and sanctuary. It may also house meeting rooms, classrooms, and dining facilities. Church (Land
Use 560) and synagogue (Land Use 561) are related uses.
Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the one study site with parking supply information is 12 spaces
per 1,000 square feet GFA.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Arizona, California, New York,
and Ontario (CAN).
Worship services are typically held on Fridays.
for the days of the surveys.
Source Numbers
21, 435, 446, 510

Mosque
(562)
On a: Friday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 4.1
19.22 12.50 - 30.20 14.46 / 30.20 *** 7.65 ( 40% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 2 4 6 8

Land Use: 565 Day Care Center
Description
A day care center is a facility where care for pre-school age children is provided, normally during
the daytime hours. Day care facilities generally include classrooms, offices, eating areas, and
playgrounds. Some centers also provide after-school care for school-age children.
Additional Data
The average parking supply ratios for the 29 study sites with parking supply information are 3.3
spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA, 1.3 spaces per employee, and 0.21 spaces per student.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California, Kansas,
Minnesota, New Jersey, North Carolina, Oregon, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, and Washington.
Source Numbers
30, 221, 223, 289, 291, 433, 555, 556, 557, 563

Day Care Center
(565)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 5.0
2.45 0.73 - 8.67 2.35 / 3.74 2.12 - 2.78 1.12 ( 46% )

30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Day Care Center
(565)
1.22 0.50 - 2.75 1.09 / 1.78 1.10 - 1.34 0.42 ( 34% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80

Day Care Center
(565)
0.24 0.09 - 0.51 0.19 / 0.34 0.21 - 0.27 0.10 ( 42% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200 300

Day Care Center
(565)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 5.1
1.18 1.18 - 1.18 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
6
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 2 4 6

Day Care Center
(565)
0.60 0.60 - 0.60 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
6
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 10 20

Land Use: 580 Museum
Description
A museum is a facility that includes displays, shows, exhibits, and/or demonstration of historical,
science, nature, art, entertainment, or other cultural significance. Museums can vary widely as to
type and clientele.
sites), a Saturday (two study sites), and a Sunday (two study sites).

12:00–4:00 a.m. – – –
5:00 a.m. – – –
6:00 a.m. – – –
7:00 a.m. – – –
8:00 a.m. 30 – –
9:00 a.m. 51 – –
10:00 a.m. 88 24 11
11:00 a.m. 100 47 28
12:00 p.m. 90 75 41
1:00 p.m. 84 80 93
2:00 p.m. 79 99 98
3:00 p.m. 71 100 100
4:00 p.m. – 81 59
5:00 p.m. – 51 –
6:00 p.m. – – –
7:00 p.m. – – –
8:00 p.m. – – –
9:00 p.m. – – –
10:00 p.m. – – –
11:00 p.m. – – –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the seven study sites with parking supply information is 3.3
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California, Florida, Georgia,
Michigan, Oregon, and Tennessee.
For this land use, it is important to collect data on the actual number of visitors on the survey date.
Due to variations in the types of sites in the database, caution should be exercised when using the
average parking demand rates.
Source Numbers
168, 210, 212, 315, 419, 503

Museum
(580)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 136
0.76 0.61 - 1.34 0.62 / 1.34 *** 0.34 ( 45% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

Museum
(580)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 136
0.92 0.87 - 0.95 0.89 / 0.95 *** 0.03 ( 3% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

Museum
(580)
0.42 0.42 - 0.42 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

Museum
(580)
On a: Saturday
0.15 0.15 - 0.15 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200 300 400 500

Museum
(580)
0.98 0.85 - 1.10 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Museum
(580)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 219
2.50 2.50 - 2.50 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 100 200 300

Museum
(580)
On a: Sunday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 152
4.34 2.07 - 10.18 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
1000
800
P = Parked Vehicles
600
400
200
0
0 100 200 300

Museum
(580)
On a: Saturday
0.20 0.20 - 0.20 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 1000 2000 3000

Museum
(580)
On a: Sunday
0.19 0.19 - 0.19 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 1000 2000 3000

Land Use: 590 Library
Description
A library can be either a public or private facility that consists of shelved books and reading rooms or
areas. A library may also provide meeting rooms.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at three

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. –
9:00 a.m. –
10:00 a.m. 76
11:00 a.m. 87
12:00 p.m. 79
1:00 p.m. 100
2:00 p.m. 88
3:00 p.m. 95
4:00 p.m. 78
5:00 p.m. 79
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the nine study sites with parking supply information is 2.5
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2000s in California, Illinois, Oregon,
Tennessee, and Washington.
Source Numbers
11, 211, 224, 400, 438

Library
(590)
2.35 1.11 - 4.67 1.99 / 4.48 *** 1.27 ( 54% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

Library
(590)
On a: Saturday
1.68 1.12 - 3.33 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 20 40 60

Library
(590)
On a: Sunday
1.86 1.00 - 4.44 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 20 40 60

Library
(590)
2.11 2.11 - 2.11 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 10 20

Library
(590)
On a: Saturday
1.33 1.33 - 1.33 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

Library
(590)
On a: Sunday
1.17 1.17 - 1.17 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
60
40
P = Parked Vehicles
20
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

Land Use: 595 Convention Center
Description
A convention center is a facility that provides space for conventions, trade shows, consumer shows,
meetings, and special events.
Additional Data
The peak period for parking demand at a convention center is closely tied to the specific event being
hosted and its attendees. A trade show or consumer show may attract a significant proportion of its
attendees from the local area who have the option to use a personal passenger vehicle and park at
the convention center. In contrast, a convention or annual meeting may draw more attendees from
outside the local area and may have a lower parking demand rate per attendee.
The time period for peak parking demand at a convention center can vary widely as a result of the
schedule for events such as keynote addresses, luncheons, and receptions.
No information on building size was provided for the single study site.
The site was surveyed in the 1990s in Oregon.
Source Number
158

Convention Center
(595)
0.31 0.31 - 0.31 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 1000 2000

Convention Center
(595)
On a: Sunday
0.40 0.36 - 0.44 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000

Land Use: 610 Hospital
Description
A hospital is any institution where medical or surgical care and overnight accommodations are
provided to non-ambulatory and ambulatory patients. However, the term “hospital” does not refer to
medical clinics (facilities that provide diagnoses and outpatient care only) or nursing homes (facilities
devoted to the care of persons unable to care for themselves), which are covered elsewhere in this
report. Surgery center (Land Use 612) and clinic (Land Use 630) are related uses.

study sites.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 49
8:00 a.m. 75
9:00 a.m. 94
10:00 a.m. 98
11:00 a.m. 98
12:00 p.m. 97
1:00 p.m. 98
2:00 p.m. 100
3:00 p.m. 96
4:00 p.m. 76
5:00 p.m. 58
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
●● In a general urban/suburban setting, 2.6 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (11 sites), 0.75
spaces per employee (29 sites), and 4.2 spaces per bed (52 sites)
●● In a dense multi-use urban setting, 2.1 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (3 sites), 0.73 spaces
per employee (10 sites), and 4.0 spaces per bed (13 sites)
●● In a center city core setting, 0.63 spaces per employee (one site) and 2.7 spaces per bed (one site)
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2000s in Alabama, Arizona, British
Columbia (CAN), California, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Maryland,
Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, Nebraska, New Jersey, North Carolina, Ohio,
Oklahoma, Ontario (CAN), Pennsylvania, Puerto Rico, Saskatchewan (CAN), Tennessee, Texas,
Wisconsin, and West Virginia.
Source Numbers
37, 38, 48, 49, 53, 56, 168, 170, 208, 210, 211, 212, 293, 313, 315, 431, 438

Hospital
(610)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 383
2.25 1.28 - 3.83 1.88 / 3.50 *** 0.73 ( 32% )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000

Hospital
(610)
3.74 1.06 - 9.23 2.97 / 5.96 3.33 - 4.15 1.53 ( 41% )
4000
3000
P = Parked Vehicles
2000
1000
0
0 1000 2000
X = Number of Beds

Hospital
(610)
On a: Saturday
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 3:00 - 4:00 p.m. (single count)
0.75 0.75 - 0.75 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300 400
X = Number of Beds

Hospital
(610)
5.44 3.16 - 9.83 4.36 / 8.40 *** 1.87 ( 34% )
4000
3000
P = Parked Vehicles
2000
1000
0
0 200 400 600 800

Hospital
(610)
0.73 0.31 - 1.71 0.61 / 1.05 0.65 - 0.81 0.21 ( 29% )
4000
3000
P = Parked Vehicles
2000
1000
0
0 2000 4000 6000

Hospital
(610)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 1269
1.40 1.03 - 1.75 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000

Hospital
(610)
3.22 1.36 - 4.98 2.69 / 4.76 *** 1.26 ( 39% )
5000
4000
P = Parked Vehicles
3000
2000
1000
0
0 1000 2000
X = Number of Beds

Hospital
(610)
2.41 1.41 - 4.47 2.20 / 4.47 *** 1.63 ( 68% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000

Hospital
(610)
0.59 0.34 - 0.96 0.41 / 0.88 *** 0.22 ( 37% )
4000
3000
P = Parked Vehicles
2000
1000
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Hospital
(610)
2.30 2.30 - 2.30 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
X = Number of Beds

Hospital
(610)
0.54 0.54 - 0.54 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Land Use: 612 Surgery Center
Description
A surgery center is a facility where surgeries that do not require hospital admission are performed.
Patients arrive on the day of the procedure, have the surgery in an operating room, recover under
the care of the nursing staff and are then sent home (on the same day). There are no beds or
overnight facilities.
Surgery centers do not provide primary care facilities and typically treat patients who have already
seen a health care provider and have selected surgery as an appropriate treatment. All surveyed
surgery centers have at least one dedicated operating room. Hospital (Land Use 610) and clinic

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. –
9:00 a.m. 87
10:00 a.m. 100
11:00 a.m. 100
12:00 p.m. 73
1:00 p.m. 66
2:00 p.m. 67
3:00 p.m. 62
4:00 p.m. 43
5:00 p.m. 30
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
Source Numbers
217, 313

Surgery Center
(612)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Operating Rooms
Avg. Num. of Operating Rooms: 5.0
Peak Period Parking Demand per Operating Room
8.50 5.67 - 12.75 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
60
40
P = Parked Vehicles
20
0
0 2 4 6 8
X = Number of Operating Rooms

Land Use: 620 Nursing Home
Description
A nursing home is any facility whose primary function is to provide care for persons who are
unable to care for themselves. Examples of such facilities include rest homes, chronic care, and
convalescent homes. Skilled nurses and nursing aides are present 24 hours a day at these sites.
Residents often require treatment from a registered healthcare professional for on-going medical
issues. A nursing home resident is not capable of operating a vehicle. Parking demand is entirely
generated by employees, visitors, and deliveries. Assisted living (Land Use 254) and continuing care
retirement community (Land Use 255) are related uses.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. 34
7:00 a.m. 41
8:00 a.m. 70
9:00 a.m. 86
10:00 a.m. 90
11:00 a.m. 97
12:00 p.m. 92
1:00 p.m. 93
2:00 p.m. 100
3:00 p.m. 71
4:00 p.m. 51
5:00 p.m. 52
6:00 p.m. 32
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
A nursing home dwelling unit can house multiple beds.
per 1,000 square feet GFA (16 sites), 0.8 spaces per dwelling unit (16 sites), and 0.46 spaces per
bed (10 sites).
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2010s in Alberta (CAN), Illinois, New
Jersey, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Washington.
Source Numbers
18, 45, 46, 149, 201, 202, 205, 432, 527, 563

Nursing Home
(620)
0.72 0.47 - 1.63 0.64 / 1.32 *** 0.28 ( 39% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

Nursing Home
(620)
On a: Sunday
0.34 0.34 - 0.34 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20 30

Nursing Home
(620)
0.36 0.12 - 0.57 0.22 / 0.51 *** 0.15 ( 42% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300 400
X = Number of Beds

Nursing Home
(620)
On a: Sunday
0.43 0.34 - 0.52 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Beds

Nursing Home
(620)
0.48 0.20 - 0.92 0.33 / 0.68 *** 0.21 ( 44% )

100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200

Nursing Home
(620)
On a: Sunday
0.32 0.21 - 0.36 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
60
40
P = Parked Vehicles
20
0
0 100 200

Nursing Home
(620)
0.52 0.25 - 0.92 0.38 / 0.72 *** 0.20 ( 38% )

100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200

Nursing Home
(620)
On a: Sunday
0.34 0.26 - 0.36 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
60
40
P = Parked Vehicles
20
0
0 100 200

Nursing Home
(620)
0.67 0.36 - 1.47 0.64 / 1.30 *** 0.32 ( 48% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

Nursing Home
(620)
On a: Sunday
0.50 0.50 - 0.50 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20 30

Land Use: 630 Clinic
Description
A clinic is any facility that provides limited diagnostic and outpatient care but is unable to provide
prolonged in-house medical and surgical care. Urgent care is another term commonly used to
describe this type of facility. A clinic commonly has a lab facility, a supporting pharmacy, and a wide
range of services (compared to the medical office, which may only have specialized or individual
physicians). Hospital (Land Use 610), surgery center (Land Use 612), and medical-dental office
building (Land Use 720) are related uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at six study

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. 63
9:00 a.m. 93
10:00 a.m. 96
11:00 a.m. 100
12:00 p.m. 80
1:00 p.m. 75
2:00 p.m. 90
3:00 p.m. 89
4:00 p.m. 74
5:00 p.m. 41
6:00 p.m. 15
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the five study sites with parking supply information is 5.3
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California, Minnesota,
New Jersey, New York, Ontario (CAN), Pennsylvania, and Washington.
Source Numbers
166, 217, 218, 233, 313, 315, 431, 433, 541, 558

Clinic
(630)
3.89 2.08 - 5.00 2.91 / 4.77 *** 0.90 ( 23% )

600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 100 200

Clinic
(630)
0.83 0.80 - 0.84 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400

Clinic
(630)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 2.6
5.74 5.74 - 5.74 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 1 2 3

Land Use: 640 Animal Hospital/Veterinary Clinic
Description
An animal hospital or veterinary clinic is a facility that specializes in the medical care and treatment
of animals.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at four study

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. 0
7:00 a.m. 12
8:00 a.m. 58
9:00 a.m. 62
10:00 a.m. 77
11:00 a.m. 81
12:00 p.m. 58
1:00 p.m. 69
2:00 p.m. 73
3:00 p.m. 85
4:00 p.m. 100
5:00 p.m. 77
6:00 p.m. 54
7:00 p.m. 0
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the two study sites with parking supply information is 2.8 spaces
The sites were surveyed in the 2000s and the 2010s in Tennessee and Texas.
Source Numbers
224, 563

Animal Hospital/Veterinary Clinic
(640)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 2.8
3.33 2.14 - 4.33 2.93 / 4.33 *** 0.90 ( 27% )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 1 2 3 4

Animal Hospital/Veterinary Clinic
(640)
1.68 1.00 - 3.00 1.26 / 3.00 *** 0.81 ( 48% )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 2 4 6 8

Land Use: 650 Free-Standing Emergency Room
Description
A free-standing emergency room is a facility that specializes in personal medical care and treatment
of people. These facilities are structurally separate and distinct from a hospital and provide
emergency care for potentially life-threatening conditions. They are typically open 24 hours a day,
seven days a week, 365 days per year.
Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 2010s in Florida.
Source Number
589

Free-Standing Emergency Room
(650)
1.35 1.00 - 1.88 1.06 / 1.88 *** 0.46 ( 34% )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Land Use: 710 General Office Building
Description
A general office building houses multiple tenants. It is a location where affairs of businesses,
commercial or industrial organizations, or professional persons or firms are conducted. An office
building or buildings may contain a mixture of tenants including professional services, insurance
companies, investment brokers, and tenant services, such as a bank or savings and loan institution,
a restaurant, or cafeteria and service retail facilities. A general office building with a gross floor
area of 5,000 square feet or less is classified as a small office building (Land Use 712). Corporate
headquarters building (Land Use 714), single tenant office building (Land Use 715), medical-dental
office building (Land Use 720), office park (Land Use 750), and research and development center
(Land Use 760) are additional related uses.
If information is known about individual buildings, it is suggested that the general office building
category be used rather than office parks when estimating parking generation for one or more office
buildings in a single development. The office park category is more general and should be used when
a breakdown of individual or different uses is not known. If the general office building category is used
and if additional buildings, such as banks, restaurants, or retail stores are included in the development,
the development should be treated as a multiuse project. On the other hand, if the office park category
is used, internal trips are already reflected in the data and do not need to be considered.
When the buildings are interrelated (defined by shared parking facilities or the ability to easily walk
between buildings) or house one tenant, it is suggested that the total area or employment of all the
buildings be used for calculating parking generation. When the individual buildings are isolated and
not related to one another, it is suggested that parking generation be calculated for each building
separately and then summed.
sites in a general urban/suburban setting and two study sites in a dense multi-use urban setting.

Percent of Weekday Peak Parking Demand
Hour Beginning General Urban/Suburban Dense Multi–Use Urban
12:00–4:00 a.m. – –
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. 13 26
8:00 a.m. 48 65
9:00 a.m. 88 95
10:00 a.m. 100 100
11:00 a.m. 100 100
12:00 p.m. 85 99
1:00 p.m. 84 99
2:00 p.m. 93 97
3:00 p.m. 94 94
4:00 p.m. 85 90
5:00 p.m. 56 –
6:00 p.m. 20 –
7:00 p.m. 11 –
8:00 p.m. – –
9:00 p.m. – –
10:00 p.m. – –
11:00 p.m. – –
Additional Data
●● 2.9 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA in a dense multi-use urban setting that is not within ½ mile
of rail transit (seven sites)

●● 3.3 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (73 sites) and 1.2 spaces per employee (20 sites) in a
general urban/suburban setting that is not within ½ mile of rail transit

●● 3.0 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (seven sites) and 0.8 spaces per employee (two sites) in
a general urban/suburban setting that is within ½ mile of rail transit
Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Illinois, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Montana, New Jersey, New
York, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas, Utah, and Washington.
Source Numbers
21, 22, 47, 122, 124, 142, 172, 201, 202, 205, 211, 215, 216, 217, 227, 239, 241, 243, 276, 295,
399, 400, 425, 431, 433, 436, 438, 440, 516, 531, 540, 551, 555, 556, 557, 571, 572, 588

General Office Building
(710)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 145
2.39 0.50 - 5.58 2.30 / 3.30 2.28 - 2.50 0.69 ( 29% )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 200 400 600 800

(710)
On a: Saturday
0.28 0.02 - 0.76 0.14 / 0.73 *** 0.25 ( 89% )

100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 100 200 300

(710)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: Occupied 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA
Avg. Occupied 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 156
Peak Period Parking Demand per Occupied 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA
2.51 0.86 - 5.58 2.46 / 3.42 2.39 - 2.63 0.66 ( 26% )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 200 400 600 800
X = Occupied 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA

(710)
0.84 0.50 - 3.00 0.80 / 1.05 0.80 - 0.88 0.12 ( 14% )

600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 200 400 600 800

(710)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 241
1.63 0.97 - 2.33 1.55 / 2.14 *** 0.32 ( 20% )

1000
800
P = Parked Vehicles
600
400
200
0
0 200 400 600

(710)
1.84 1.09 - 2.33 1.87 / 2.33 *** 0.38 ( 21% )

1000
800
P = Parked Vehicles
600
400
200
0
0 100 200 300 400 500

(710)
0.58 0.58 - 0.58 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 500

Land Use: 712 Small Office Building
Description
A small office building typically houses a single tenant and is less than or equal to 5,000 gross
square feet in size. It is a location where affairs of a business, commercial or industrial organization,
or professional person or firm are conducted. General office building (Land Use 710) is a related use.
sites in a general urban/suburban setting and one study site in a dense multi-use urban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. – –
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. 0 8
8:00 a.m. 27 17
9:00 a.m. 69 17
10:00 a.m. 88 75
11:00 a.m. 100 67
12:00 p.m. 81 75
1:00 p.m. 81 75
2:00 p.m. 84 92
3:00 p.m. 86 100
4:00 p.m. 92 67
5:00 p.m. 85 83
6:00 p.m. 4 50
7:00 p.m. 0 0
8:00 p.m. – –
9:00 p.m. – –
10:00 p.m. – –
11:00 p.m. – –

Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2010s in California, Oklahoma, Texas,
and Washington.
Source Numbers
47, 217, 527, 571, 572

Small Office Building
(712)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 2.5
2.56 0.78 - 5.66 2.12 / 4.17 *** 1.26 ( 49% )

20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 1 2 3 4 5

Small Office Building
(712)
1.33 1.00 - 2.00 1.32 / 2.00 *** 0.33 ( 25% )

20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Land Use: 714 Corporate Headquarters Building
Description
A corporate headquarters building is a single tenant office building that houses the corporate
headquarters of a company or organization, which generally consists of offices, meeting rooms,
space for file storage and data processing, a restaurant or cafeteria, and other service functions.
General office building (Land Use 710), small office building (Land Use 712), single tenant office
building (Land Use 715), office park (Land Use 750), and research and development center (Land

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 20
8:00 a.m. 63
9:00 a.m. 98
10:00 a.m. 100
11:00 a.m. 93
12:00 p.m. 78
1:00 p.m. 92
2:00 p.m. 94
3:00 p.m. 89
4:00 p.m. 86
5:00 p.m. 57
6:00 p.m. 20
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
per 1,000 square feet GFA (five sites) and 1.2 spaces per employee (three sites).
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2000s in California, Connecticut, New
York, Ohio, Texas, and Washington.
Source Numbers
14, 122, 124, 172, 210, 217, 313

Corporate Headquarters Building
(714)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 222
2.32 1.48 - 3.26 2.45 / 3.25 *** 0.58 ( 25% )

1000
800
P = Parked Vehicles
600
400
200
0
0 100 200 300 400 500

(714)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 155
0.10 0.10 - 0.10 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 100 200

(714)
2.43 1.58 - 3.26 2.61 / 3.25 *** 0.61 ( 25% )

1000
800
P = Parked Vehicles
600
400
200
0
0 100 200 300 400

(714)
0.96 0.73 - 1.14 0.81 / 1.14 *** 0.19 ( 20% )
3000
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000

(714)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 240
2.20 2.20 - 2.20 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 100 200 300

(714)
2.20 2.20 - 2.20 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 100 200 300

(714)
0.52 0.52 - 0.52 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 1000 2000

Land Use: 715 Single Tenant Office Building
Description
A single tenant office building generally contains offices, meeting rooms, and space for file storage
and data processing of a single business or company and possibly other service functions including
a restaurant or cafeteria. General office building (Land Use 710), small office building (Land Use
712), corporate headquarters building (Land Use 714), office park (Land Use 750), and research and
development center (Land Use 760) are related uses.
sites in a dense multi-use urban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. 35
9:00 a.m. 75
10:00 a.m. 95
11:00 a.m. 99
12:00 p.m. 81
1:00 p.m. 81
2:00 p.m. 98
3:00 p.m. 100
4:00 p.m. 93
5:00 p.m. –
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratios for the 10 study sites with parking supply information are 3.7
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 1990s in California, New Jersey, and Washington.
Source Numbers
14, 122, 209

Single Tenant Office Building
(715)
3.10 1.72 - 4.57 2.48 / 3.65 *** 0.68 ( 22% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 100 200 300

(715)
3.10 1.72 - 4.57 2.48 / 3.65 *** 0.68 ( 22% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 100 200 300

(715)
0.78 0.55 - 1.35 0.69 / 1.17 *** 0.12 ( 15% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000

(715)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 103
2.43 2.05 - 2.59 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200

(715)
0.75 0.68 - 0.77 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 500

Land Use: 720 Medical-Dental Office Building
Description
A medical-dental office building is a facility that provides diagnoses and outpatient care on a routine
basis but is unable to provide prolonged in-house medical and surgical care. One or more private
physicians or dentists generally operate this type of facility. General office building (Land Use 710),
small office building (Land Use 712), and clinic (Land Use 630) are related uses.
sites in a general urban/suburban setting and two study sites in a dense multi-use urban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. – –
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. 12 –
8:00 a.m. 43 61
9:00 a.m. 88 62
10:00 a.m. 99 96
11:00 a.m. 100 56
12:00 p.m. 83 29
1:00 p.m. 74 67
2:00 p.m. 94 100
3:00 p.m. 93 82
4:00 p.m. 86 79
5:00 p.m. 54 71
6:00 p.m. – –
7:00 p.m. – –
8:00 p.m. – –
9:00 p.m. – –
10:00 p.m. – –
11:00 p.m. – –

Additional Data
Some of the study sites in the database are located within a hospital campus. The limited number of
data points did not reveal a definitive difference in parking demand from stand-alone sites.
(CAN), California, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Maryland, Massachusetts,
Minnesota, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas, and Washington.
Source Numbers
36, 37, 84, 86, 120, 121, 153, 161, 173, 217, 218, 224, 239, 308, 309, 310, 315, 416, 428, 433, 527,
530, 531, 532, 553, 555, 563, 564

Medical-Dental Office Building
(720)
3.23 0.96 - 10.27 2.73 / 4.59 3.04 - 3.42 1.05 ( 33% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 100 200 300 400

(720)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 9.0
0.56 0.33 - 1.12 0.35 / 1.12 *** 0.32 ( 57% )
6
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 10 20

(720)
On a: Sunday
2.66 2.08 - 4.78 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

(720)
1.26 0.56 - 2.50 1.12 / 2.00 1.11 - 1.41 0.35 ( 28% )

300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

(720)
1.49 1.34 - 2.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80

Land Use: 730 Government Office Building
Description
A government office building is an individual building containing either the entire function or simply
one agency of a city, county, state, federal, or other governmental unit.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at six
municipal study sites in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. 66
9:00 a.m. 97
10:00 a.m. 100
11:00 a.m. 97
12:00 p.m. 91
1:00 p.m. 73
2:00 p.m. 79
3:00 p.m. 82
4:00 p.m. 77
5:00 p.m. –
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The database includes both municipal and state/federal office buildings. The municipal buildings
were smaller than 100,000 square feet GFA. The state/federal buildings were larger than 50,000
square feet GFA.
The average parking supply ratio for the study sites with parking supply information are as follows:
●● 4.9 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (four sites) and 1.0 spaces per employee (four sites) in a
municipal building
●● 3.7 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (four sites) and 1.0 spaces per employee (one site) in a
state or federal building.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2010s in Colorado, Louisiana, Oregon,
Texas, and Washington.
Source Numbers
83, 122, 142, 527, 570, 573

Government Office Building
(730)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 113
2.99 1.60 - 4.26 2.18 / 3.89 *** 1.00 ( 33% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 100 200 300 400

Government Office Building
(730)
0.82 0.65 - 4.00 0.86 / 3.00 *** 0.29 ( 35% )

300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300 400

Land Use: 732 United States Post Office
Description
A United States post office is a federal building that contains service windows for mailing packages and
letters, post office boxes, offices, sorting and distributing facilities for mail, and vehicle storage areas.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at one study
site in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 39
8:00 a.m. 81
9:00 a.m. 100
10:00 a.m. 76
11:00 a.m. 60
12:00 p.m. 60
1:00 p.m. 54
2:00 p.m. 63
3:00 p.m. 68
4:00 p.m. 53
5:00 p.m. 43
6:00 p.m. 37
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratios for the one study site with parking supply information are 33
The site was surveyed in the 1980s in New York.
Source Number
21

United States Post Office
(732)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 4.9
33.20 33.20 - 33.20 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 1 2 3 4 5

United States Post Office
(732)
2.01 2.01 - 2.01 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Land Use: 735 Judicial Complex
Description
A judicial complex is a group of government office buildings interconnected by pedestrian walkways,

with uses limited to public safety (police station, sheriff’s office) and court activity. These facilities can
include courtrooms, jails, public safety offices, and community corrections uses.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. 38
9:00 a.m. 71
10:00 a.m. 43
11:00 a.m. 55
12:00 p.m. 45
1:00 p.m. 65
2:00 p.m. 89
3:00 p.m. 100
4:00 p.m. 91
5:00 p.m. 62
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratios for the one study site with parking supply information are 4.1
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 1990s in Connecticut and Texas.
Source Numbers
144, 227

Judicial Complex
(735)
3.02 3.02 - 3.02 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60

Judicial Complex
(735)
0.61 0.61 - 0.61 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

Judicial Complex
(735)
1.64 1.64 - 1.64 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Judicial Complex
(735)
0.41 0.41 - 0.41 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300 400

Land Use: 750 Office Park
Description
An office park is usually a suburban subdivision or planned unit development containing general
office buildings and support services, such as banks, restaurants, and service stations, arranged in
a park- or campus-like atmosphere. General office building (Land Use 710), corporate headquarters
building (Land Use 714), single tenant office building (Land Use 714), and research and
development center (Land Use 760) are related land uses.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 27
8:00 a.m. 75
9:00 a.m. 88
10:00 a.m. 100
11:00 a.m. 100
12:00 p.m. 81
1:00 p.m. 93
2:00 p.m. 92
3:00 p.m. 91
4:00 p.m. 79
5:00 p.m. 59
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
per 1,000 square feet GFA (five sites) and 1.5 spaces per employee (two sites).
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 1990s in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, Illinois,
New York, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Utah.
Source Numbers
36, 172, 202, 239, 243

Office Park
(750)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 242
2.43 1.19 - 3.38 2.17 / 2.99 *** 0.57 ( 23% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 200 400 600 800

Office Park
(750)
0.68 0.59 - 0.82 0.62 / 0.82 *** 0.10 ( 15% )
800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000

Land Use: 760 Research and Development Center
Description
A research and development center is a facility or group of facilities devoted almost exclusively to
research and development activities. The range of specific types of businesses contained in this land
use category varies significantly. Research and development centers may contain offices and light
fabrication areas. General office building (Land Use 710), corporate headquarters building (Land Use
714), single tenant office building (Land Use 715), and office park (Land Use 750) are related uses.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. 91
9:00 a.m. 98
10:00 a.m. 100
11:00 a.m. 93
12:00 p.m. 84
1:00 p.m. 90
2:00 p.m. 97
3:00 p.m. 92
4:00 p.m. 75
5:00 p.m. 31
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
per 1,000 square feet GFA (13 sites) and 1.0 spaces per employee (10 sites).
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2000s in California and Montana.
Source Numbers
158, 313, 399, 518

Research and Development Center
(760)
2.58 1.27 - 3.55 2.39 / 3.14 *** 0.56 ( 22% )

800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 100 200 300

Research and Development Center
(760)
0.73 0.62 - 1.00 0.71 / 0.98 *** 0.15 ( 21% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 1000 2000

Land Use: 812 Building Materials and Lumber Store
Description
A building materials and lumber store is a free-standing building that sells hardware, building materials,
and lumber. The lumber may be stored in the main building, yard, or storage shed. Hardware/paint
store (Land Use 816) and home improvement superstore (Land Use 862) are related uses.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. 0
7:00 a.m. 3
8:00 a.m. 100
9:00 a.m. 97
10:00 a.m. 75
11:00 a.m. 83
12:00 p.m. 94
1:00 p.m. 62
2:00 p.m. 49
3:00 p.m. 51
4:00 p.m. 47
5:00 p.m. 47
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
Outside storage areas are not included in the overall gross floor area measurements. However, if
storage areas are located within the principal outside faces of the exterior walls, they are included in
the building’s overall gross floor area.
Source Numbers
564, 565

Building Materials and Lumber Store
(812)
0.57 0.43 - 0.75 0.53 / 0.75 *** 0.12 ( 21% )

30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20 30 40

Building Materials and Lumber Store
(812)
1.25 0.95 - 2.33 1.00 / 2.27 *** 0.50 ( 40% )

30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20 30

Land Use: 813 Free-Standing Discount Superstore
Description
A discount superstore is similar to a free-standing discount store described in Land Use 815 with
the exception that it also contains a full-service grocery department under the same roof that shares
entrances and exits with the discount store area. These stores usually offer a variety of customer
services, centralized cashiering, and a wide range of products. They typically maintain long store
hours 7 days a week. The stores included in this land use are often the only ones on the site,
but they can also be found in mutual operation with a related or unrelated garden center and/or
service station, or as a part of a shopping center, with or without their own dedicated parking area.
Freestanding discount store (Land Use 815) is a related use.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a non-December weekday
(four study sites) and a non-December Saturday (three study sites) in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. 7 –
5:00 a.m. 10 –
6:00 a.m. 15 –
7:00 a.m. 21 –
8:00 a.m. 33 –
9:00 a.m. 52 47
10:00 a.m. 71 67
11:00 a.m. 84 86
12:00 p.m. 92 91
1:00 p.m. 100 97
2:00 p.m. 96 100
3:00 p.m. 96 93
4:00 p.m. 82 96
5:00 p.m. 81 80
6:00 p.m. 74 79
7:00 p.m. 61 –
8:00 p.m. 48 –
9:00 p.m. 31 –
10:00 p.m. 11 –
11:00 p.m. 2 –

Additional Data
Garden centers contained within the principal outside faces of the exterior building walls were
included in the gross square floor areas reported. Outdoor or fenced-in areas outside the principal
faces of the exterior walls were excluded. Several sites included in this land use indicated the
presence of fenced/covered space.
The average parking supply ratio for the eight study sites with parking supply information is 4.8
spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA in a general urban/suburban setting.
The sites were surveyed in the 2000s and the 2010s in Alabama, California, Florida, Illinois, Kansas,
Minnesota, and Washington.
To assist in the future analysis of this land use, it is important to collect and include information on
the presence and size of garden centers, outdoor fenced-in space, and service stations in parking
generation data submissions.
Source Numbers
406, 501, 511, 519, 525, 527, 557

Free-Standing Discount Superstore - Non-December
(813)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 158
1.46 0.90 - 2.35 1.23 / 2.03 *** 0.41 ( 28% )

500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200 300

(813)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 155
2.07 1.36 - 2.83 1.79 / 2.81 *** 0.54 ( 26% )

500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200

(813)
On a: Sunday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 118
1.38 1.38 - 1.38 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

Free-Standing Discount Superstore - December
(813)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 186
1.92 1.92 - 1.92 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200

Free-Standing Discount Superstore - December
(813)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 186
2.43 2.43 - 2.43 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200

Land Use: 814 Variety Store
Description
A variety store is a retail store that sells a broad range of inexpensive items often at a single
price. These stores are typically referred to as “dollar stores.” Items sold at these stores typically
include kitchen supplies, cleaning products, home office supplies, food products, household goods,
decorations, and toys. These stores are sometimes stand-alone sites, but they may also be located
in small strip shopping centers. Free-standing discount store (Land Use 815) is a related use.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a non-December

weekday at nine study sites in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 4
8:00 a.m. 20
9:00 a.m. 53
10:00 a.m. 55
11:00 a.m. 56
12:00 p.m. 67
1:00 p.m. 69
2:00 p.m. 80
3:00 p.m. 67
4:00 p.m. 68
5:00 p.m. 100
6:00 p.m. 87
7:00 p.m. 48
8:00 p.m. 37
9:00 p.m. 29
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 2010s in Minnesota and Texas.
Source Numbers
556, 557, 564, 565

Variety Store - Non-December
(814)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 8.9
1.13 0.51 - 1.93 0.65 / 1.79 *** 0.52 ( 46% )

20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 2 4 6 8 10

Variety Store - Non-December
(814)
1.63 0.86 - 3.00 1.16 / 2.96 *** 0.80 ( 49% )

20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 2 4 6 8

Variety Store - December
(814)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 9.1
2.31 2.31 - 2.31 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 2 4 6 8 10

Variety Store - December
(814)
2.63 2.63 - 2.63 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 2 4 6 8 10

Land Use: 815 Free-Standing Discount Store
Description
A discount store is similar to a free-standing discount superstore described in Land Use 813 with
the exception that it does not contain a full-service grocery department. Discount stores offer a
variety of customer services and typically maintain long store hours 7 days a week. The stores
included in this land use are often the only ones on the site, but they can also be found in mutual
operation with a related or unrelated garden center and/or service station. Free-standing discount
stores are also sometimes found as separate parcels within a retail complex, with or without their
own dedicated parking. Freestanding discount superstore (Land Use 813) and variety store (Land
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a non-December

weekday (five study sites), a non-December Saturday (five study sites), a December weekday (two
study sites), a December Saturday (three study sites), and a December Sunday (two study sites) in a
general urban/suburban setting.

Non–December December
Hour Beginning Weekday Saturday Weekday Saturday Sunday
12:00–4:00 a.m. – – – – –
5:00 a.m. – – – – –
6:00 a.m. – – – – –
7:00 a.m. 37 – – – –
8:00 a.m. 46 – – – –
9:00 a.m. 64 – – – –
10:00 a.m. 77 – – – –
11:00 a.m. 90 97 75 66 60
12:00 p.m. 99 100 100 82 83
1:00 p.m. 93 100 96 95 92
2:00 p.m. 100 100 100 94 100
3:00 p.m. 100 100 94 100 90
4:00 p.m. 96 98 85 93 83
5:00 p.m. 99 88 79 91 –
6:00 p.m. 87 – 67 58 –
7:00 p.m. 52 – 69 – –
8:00 p.m. – – – – –
9:00 p.m. – – – – –
10:00 p.m. – – – – –
11:00 p.m. – – – – –
Additional Data
Garden centers contained within the principal outside faces of the exterior building walls were
included in the gross square floor areas reported. Outdoor or fenced-in areas outside the principal
outside faces of the exterior building walls were excluded.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California, Kansas,
Maryland, Minnesota, New Jersey, Oregon, Pennsylvania, and Washington.
Source Numbers
174, 209, 276, 297, 413, 433, 511, 525, 557

Free-Standing Discount Store - Non-December
(815)
1.30 0.75 - 2.18 1.05 / 1.86 *** 0.45 ( 35% )

300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

(815)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 110
2.20 1.47 - 2.56 2.18 / 2.56 *** 0.49 ( 22% )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200

(815)
On a: Sunday
1.01 1.01 - 1.01 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Free-Standing Discount Store - December
(815)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 121
2.80 2.28 - 3.37 2.42 / 3.37 *** 0.59 ( 21% )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200

(815)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 100
2.82 2.25 - 3.66 2.36 / 3.66 *** 0.68 ( 24% )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200

(815)
On a: Saturday
2.16 2.16 - 2.16 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60 80

Land Use: 816 Hardware/Paint Store
Description
A hardware/paint store is a free-standing building that sells hardware and paint supplies. Building
materials and lumber store (Land Use 812) and home improvement superstore (Land Use 862) are
related uses.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 9
8:00 a.m. 55
9:00 a.m. 73
10:00 a.m. 100
11:00 a.m. 64
12:00 p.m. 95
1:00 p.m. 68
2:00 p.m. 91
3:00 p.m. 50
4:00 p.m. 45
5:00 p.m. 36
6:00 p.m. 5
7:00 p.m. 0
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 2010s in New York and Texas.
Source Numbers
22, 565

Hardware/Paint Store
(816)
0.54 0.35 - 1.11 0.45 / 1.11 *** 0.35 ( 65% )
6
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 10 20 30

(816)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 4.0
1.50 1.50 - 1.50 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
6
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 1 2 3 4 5

(816)
1.89 1.75 - 2.00 1.83 / 2.00 *** 0.15 ( 8% )
6
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 1 2 3 4 5

Land Use: 820 Shopping Center
Description
A shopping center is an integrated group of commercial establishments that is planned, developed,

owned, and managed as a unit. A shopping center’s composition is related to its market area in
terms of size, location, and type of store. A shopping center also provides on-site parking facilities
sufficient to serve its own parking demands.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand during the month of
December on a weekday (seven study sites), a Friday (eight study sites), and a Saturday (19
study sites).
Percent of Peak Parking Demand during December

Hour Beginning Weekday Friday Saturday
12:00–4:00 a.m. – – –
5:00 a.m. – – –
6:00 a.m. – – –
7:00 a.m. – – –
8:00 a.m. – – –
9:00 a.m. – – –
10:00 a.m. – 74 –
11:00 a.m. – 87 85
12:00 p.m. 77 97 97
1:00 p.m. 100 100 98
2:00 p.m. 98 92 100
3:00 p.m. 90 85 97
4:00 p.m. 76 84 88
5:00 p.m. 82 78 77
6:00 p.m. 89 75 64
7:00 p.m. 90 63 –
8:00 p.m. 84 – –
9:00 p.m. – – –
10:00 p.m. – – –
11:00 p.m. – – –

The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand during a non-December
month on a weekday (18 study sites), a Friday (seven study sites), and a Saturday (13 study sites).
Percent of Non–December Peak Parking Demand

Hour Beginning Weekday Friday Saturday
12:00–4:00 a.m. – – –
5:00 a.m. – – –
6:00 a.m. – – –
7:00 a.m. – – –
8:00 a.m. 15 32 27
9:00 a.m. 32 50 46
10:00 a.m. 54 67 67
11:00 a.m. 71 80 85
12:00 p.m. 99 100 95
1:00 p.m. 100 98 100
2:00 p.m. 90 90 98
3:00 p.m. 83 78 92
4:00 p.m. 81 81 86
5:00 p.m. 84 86 79
6:00 p.m. 86 84 71
7:00 p.m. 80 79 69
8:00 p.m. 63 70 60
9:00 p.m. 42 – 51
10:00 p.m. 15 – 38
11:00 p.m. – – –
Additional Data
The parking demand database includes data from strip, neighborhood, community, town center, and
regional shopping centers. Some of the centers contain non-merchandising facilities, such as office
buildings, movie theaters, restaurants, post offices, banks, health clubs, and recreational facilities.
Many shopping centers, in addition to the integrated unit of shops in one building or enclosed
around a mall, include outparcels (peripheral buildings or pads located on the perimeter of the center
adjacent to the streets and major access points). These buildings are typically drive-in banks, retail
stores, restaurants, or small offices. Although the data herein do not indicate which of the centers
studied included peripheral buildings, it can be assumed that some of the data show their effect.

The parking demand data plots and analysis are based on the total gross leasable area (GLA) of the
center. In cases of smaller centers without an enclosed mall or peripheral buildings, the GLA could
be the same as the gross floor area (GFA) of the center.
The average parking supply ratios for the study sites with parking supply information are the following:
●● 5.1 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (137 sites) in a general urban/suburban setting
●● 4.7 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (five sites) in a dense multi-use urban setting
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Alabama, Alberta
(CAN), Arizona, California, Colorado, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana,
Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi,
Missouri, Montana, North Carolina, New Jersey, New York, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon,
Pennsylvania, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, and Washington.
Future data submissions should attempt to provide information on the composition of each study site
(types and number of stores, restaurants, or other tenants within the shopping center).
Source Numbers
3, 18, 21, 32, 39, 47, 87, 88, 89, 103, 142, 145, 152, 153, 154, 174, 175, 176, 179, 202, 203, 204,
205, 209, 215, 219, 224, 241, 265, 274, 313, 314, 315, 431, 432, 433, 436, 438, 441, 511, 525, 527,
531, 533, 542, 556, 558, 565

Shopping Center - Non-December
(820)
Peak Period Parking Demand vs: 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA: 218
Peak Period Parking Demand per 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA
1.95 1.27 - 7.98 1.99 / 3.68 1.73 - 2.17 0.75 ( 38% )
5000
4000
P = Parked Vehicles
3000
2000
1000
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000
X = 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA

(820)
On a: Friday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA: 174
2.61 1.34 - 5.25 2.37 / 3.78 2.39 - 2.83 0.67 ( 26% )
4000
3000
P = Parked Vehicles
2000
1000
0
0 1000 2000

(820)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA: 313
2.91 1.15 - 4.72 2.27 / 3.74 2.72 - 3.10 0.74 ( 25% )

20000
P = Parked Vehicles
10000
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

(820)
On a: Sunday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA: 201
1.89 1.47 - 2.75 1.81 / 2.27 *** 0.30 ( 16% )
2000
P = Parked Vehicles
1000
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000

(820)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA: 91
2.76 1.86 - 3.58 2.63 / 3.58 *** 0.72 ( 26% )
500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200

(820)
On a: Friday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA: 157
1.45 1.45 - 1.45 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

(820)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA: 91
2.57 1.46 - 3.97 1.87 / 3.93 *** 1.04 ( 40% )

600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 100 200

(820)
On a: Sunday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA: 157
1.82 1.82 - 1.82 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

(820)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA: 184
1.33 1.33 - 1.33 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200

Shopping Center - December
(820)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA: 546
3.77 1.17 - 7.37 2.96 / 5.07 3.50 - 4.04 1.19 ( 32% )

10000
8000
P = Parked Vehicles
6000
4000
2000
0
0 1000 2000 3000

(820)
On a: Friday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA: 510
4.09 1.47 - 7.50 3.34 / 5.24 3.82 - 4.36 1.25 ( 31% )

10000
8000
P = Parked Vehicles
6000
4000
2000
0
0 1000 2000 3000

(820)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA: 560
4.58 1.56 - 7.50 3.97 / 5.90 4.31 - 4.85 1.33 ( 29% )

20000
P = Parked Vehicles
10000
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

(820)
On a: Sunday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GLA: 578
4.36 1.79 - 7.67 3.70 / 5.83 3.98 - 4.74 1.33 ( 31% )
8000
6000
P = Parked Vehicles
4000
2000
0
0 1000 2000

Land Use: 840 Automobile Sales (New)
Description
A new automobile sales dealership is typically located along a major arterial street characterized
by abundant commercial development. The sale or leasing of new cars is the primary business at
these facilities; however, automobile services, parts sales, and used car sales may also be available.
Some dealerships also include leasing options, truck sales, and servicing. Automobile sales (used)
(Land Use 841), recreational vehicle sales (Land Use 842), and motorcycle dealership (Land Use

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 3
8:00 a.m. 39
9:00 a.m. 73
10:00 a.m. 85
11:00 a.m. 98
12:00 p.m. 100
1:00 p.m. 88
2:00 p.m. 95
3:00 p.m. 83
4:00 p.m. 58
5:00 p.m. 54
6:00 p.m. 42
7:00 p.m. 14
8:00 p.m. 0
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
Source Number
565

Automobile Sales (New)
(840)
2.29 1.29 - 4.78 1.60 / 4.78 *** 1.49 ( 65% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

Automobile Sales (New)
(840)
0.97 0.61 - 1.98 0.64 / 1.98 *** 0.60 ( 62% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Land Use: 841 Automobile Sales (Used)
Description
A used automobile sales dealership is typically located along a major arterial street characterized by
abundant commercial development. The sale or lease of used cars is the primary business at these
facilities; however, automobile services and parts sales may also be available. Some dealerships
also include leasing options, truck sales, and servicing. Automobile sales (new) (Land Use 840),
recreational vehicle sales (Land Use 842), and motorcycle dealership (Land Use 845) are related uses.

12:00–4:00 a.m. 0
5:00 a.m. 0
6:00 a.m. 0
7:00 a.m. 0
8:00 a.m. 14
9:00 a.m. 44
10:00 a.m. 69
11:00 a.m. 90
12:00 p.m. 79
1:00 p.m. 79
2:00 p.m. 75
3:00 p.m. 92
4:00 p.m. 94
5:00 p.m. 100
6:00 p.m. 63
7:00 p.m. 32
8:00 p.m. 13
9:00 p.m. 0
10:00 p.m. 0
11:00 p.m. 0

Additional Data
Source Numbers
565, 566

Automobile Sales (Used)
(841)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 2.2
3.08 1.11 - 10.06 2.51 / 5.27 *** 1.83 ( 59% )

20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 1 2 3 4 5

Automobile Sales (Used)
(841)
1.42 0.38 - 4.00 1.33 / 2.15 *** 0.59 ( 42% )

20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Land Use: 842 Recreational Vehicle Sales
Description
A recreational vehicle (RV) sales dealership is a free-standing facility that specializes in the sales of
new RVs. Recreational vehicle services, parts and accessories sales, and substantial used RV sales
may also be available. Some RV dealerships may also include boat sales and servicing. Automobile
sales (new) (Land Use 840), automobile sales (used) (Land Use 841), and motorcycle dealership

12:00–4:00 a.m. 0
5:00 a.m. 0
6:00 a.m. 0
7:00 a.m. 0
8:00 a.m. 31
9:00 a.m. 63
10:00 a.m. 75
11:00 a.m. 79
12:00 p.m. 81
1:00 p.m. 89
2:00 p.m. 94
3:00 p.m. 100
4:00 p.m. 78
5:00 p.m. 54
6:00 p.m. 11
7:00 p.m. 1
8:00 p.m. 0
9:00 p.m. 0
10:00 p.m. 0
11:00 p.m. 0

Additional Data
Source Number
566

Recreational Vehicle Sales
(842)
0.78 0.21 - 1.92 0.58 / 1.92 *** 0.53 ( 68% )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

Recreational Vehicle Sales
(842)
1.24 0.98 - 2.40 1.10 / 2.40 *** 0.45 ( 36% )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

Land Use: 843 Automobile Parts Sales
Description
An automobile parts sales facility specializes in the sale of automobile parts for maintenance and
repair. Items sold at these facilities include spark plugs, oil, batteries, and a wide range of automobile
parts. These facilities are not equipped for on-site vehicle repair. Tire store (Land Use 848), tire
superstore (Land Use 849), and automobile parts and service center (Land Use 943) are related uses.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 13
8:00 a.m. 57
9:00 a.m. 72
10:00 a.m. 100
11:00 a.m. 87
12:00 p.m. 82
1:00 p.m. 80
2:00 p.m. 95
3:00 p.m. 84
4:00 p.m. 89
5:00 p.m. 68
6:00 p.m. 57
7:00 p.m. 49
8:00 p.m. 43
9:00 p.m. 38
10:00 p.m. 3
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 2000s and the 2010s in Minnesota, Montana, Pennsylvania, Texas,
and Utah.
Source Numbers
431, 529, 557, 566

Automobile Parts Sales
(843)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 8.1
1.70 1.22 - 2.84 1.41 / 2.39 *** 0.47 ( 28% )

30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

(843)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 9.1
1.95 1.50 - 3.11 1.76 / 3.05 *** 0.52 ( 27% )

30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

(843)
1.11 0.80 - 1.67 1.05 / 1.65 *** 0.27 ( 24% )

30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20 30

Land Use: 845 Motorcycle Dealership
Description
A motorcycle dealership specializes in the sale of new and pre-owned motorcycles. Motorcycle
service and parts sales may also be available. Automobile sales (new) (Land Use 840), automobile
sales (used) (Land Use 841), and recreational vehicle sales (Land Use 842) are related uses.
site), a Saturday (one study site), and a Sunday (one study site).

12:00–4:00 a.m. – – –
5:00 a.m. – – –
6:00 a.m. – – –
7:00 a.m. – – –
8:00 a.m. – – –
9:00 a.m. – – –
10:00 a.m. 83 58 33
11:00 a.m. 78 92 100
12:00 p.m. 78 83 83
1:00 p.m. 100 100 87
2:00 p.m. 61 75 80
3:00 p.m. 67 92 60
4:00 p.m. 67 79 60
5:00 p.m. 67 67 33
6:00 p.m. 78 50 –
7:00 p.m. – – –
8:00 p.m. – – –
9:00 p.m. – – –
10:00 p.m. – – –
11:00 p.m. – – –

Additional Data
Source Number
315

Motorcycle Dealership
(845)
1.78 1.78 - 1.78 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

(845)
On a: Saturday
2.38 2.38 - 2.38 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

(845)
On a: Sunday
2.97 2.97 - 2.97 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 10 20

Land Use: 848 Tire Store
Description
The primary business associated with a tire store is the sale and marketing of tires for automotive
vehicles. Services offered by these stores usually include tire installation and repair, as well as other
automotive maintenance or repair services and customer assistance. These stores generally do not
contain large storage or warehouse areas. Automobile parts sales (Land Use 843), tire superstore
(Land Use 849), and automobile parts and service center (Land Use 943) are related uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at seven

12:00–4:00 a.m. 0
5:00 a.m. 0
6:00 a.m. 0
7:00 a.m. 9
8:00 a.m. 33
9:00 a.m. 58
10:00 a.m. 76
11:00 a.m. 89
12:00 p.m. 100
1:00 p.m. 85
2:00 p.m. 94
3:00 p.m. 78
4:00 p.m. 64
5:00 p.m. 45
6:00 p.m. 31
7:00 p.m. 13
8:00 p.m. 2
9:00 p.m. 0
10:00 p.m. 0
11:00 p.m. 0

Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 2010s in Minnesota, New Jersey, and Texas.
Source Numbers
17, 556, 558, 568, 569

Tire Store
(848)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 5.3
2.85 1.86 - 6.12 2.39 / 5.94 *** 1.22 ( 43% )

30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Tire Store
(848)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 6.0
4.17 4.17 - 4.17 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 2 4 6 8

Tire Store
(848)
1.66 1.27 - 3.00 1.31 / 3.00 *** 0.78 ( 47% )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Land Use: 850 Supermarket
Description
A supermarket is a free-standing retail store selling a complete assortment of food, food preparation
and wrapping materials, and household cleaning items. Supermarkets may also contain the following
products and services: ATMs, automobile supplies, bakeries, books and magazines, dry cleaning,
floral arrangements, greeting cards, limited-service banks, photo centers, pharmacies, and video
rental areas. Some facilities may be open 24 hours a day.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday (nine study
sites), a Saturday (11 study sites), and a Sunday (one study site) in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. – – –
5:00 a.m. – – –
6:00 a.m. – – –
7:00 a.m. – – –
8:00 a.m. – – 8
9:00 a.m. – – 22
10:00 a.m. 59 70 50
11:00 a.m. 67 96 65
12:00 p.m. 86 99 85
1:00 p.m. 87 99 77
2:00 p.m. 93 97 85
3:00 p.m. 97 96 99
4:00 p.m. 97 100 100
5:00 p.m. 100 89 53
6:00 p.m. 99 – 42
7:00 p.m. 83 – 22
8:00 p.m. 53 – 13
9:00 p.m. 38 – 9
10:00 p.m. 20 – 3
11:00 p.m. – – –

Additional Data
●● 5.1 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (25 sites) in a general urban/suburban setting
●● 3.7 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (16 sites) in a dense multi-use urban setting
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California, Colorado,
Connecticut, District of Columbia, Illinois, Kansas, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Missouri, Montana,
New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas, and Washington.
Source Numbers
11, 14, 21, 22, 23, 142, 202, 224, 231, 294, 299, 313, 421, 431, 438, 502, 504, 511, 525, 527, 556,
557, 566

Supermarket
(850)
2.93 1.89 - 5.08 2.70 / 4.07 *** 0.73 ( 25% )

300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Supermarket
(850)
On a: Friday
4.59 2.64 - 7.59 3.20 / 6.87 *** 1.60 ( 35% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 20 40 60 80

Supermarket
(850)
On a: Saturday
3.64 1.54 - 7.97 2.92 / 4.82 2.99 - 4.29 1.51 ( 41% )

400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Supermarket
(850)
On a: Sunday
3.06 2.76 - 3.62 2.87 / 3.62 *** 0.36 ( 12% )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 10 20 30 40

Supermarket
(850)
2.60 0.91 - 4.84 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30 40

Supermarket
(850)
On a: Friday
1.80 1.80 - 1.80 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Supermarket
(850)
On a: Saturday
3.00 1.30 - 3.23 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60 80

Supermarket
(850)
2.09 0.76 - 3.74 1.67 / 2.83 *** 0.65 ( 31% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60

Supermarket
(850)
On a: Saturday
2.43 1.70 - 2.85 2.11 / 2.85 *** 0.39 ( 16% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60

Supermarket
(850)
On a: Sunday
2.10 0.99 - 3.10 1.15 / 3.10 *** 0.84 ( 40% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

Land Use: 851 Convenience Market
Description
The convenience markets in this classification are open between 15 and 24 hours per day. These
markets sell convenience foods, newspapers, magazines, and often beer and wine; they do not have
gasoline pumps. Convenience market with gasoline pumps (Land Use 853) is a related use.
Additional Data
●● 4.8 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (two sites) in a general urban/suburban setting
●● 4.4 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (six sites) in a dense multi-use urban setting
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 1990s in Florida, Missouri, New York, and Washington.
Source Numbers
21, 202, 231, 297

Convenience Market
(851)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 2.1
5.44 5.20 - 5.79 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 1 2 3

Convenience Market
(851)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 2.3
2.92 1.82 - 3.95 2.53 / 3.91 *** 0.82 ( 28% )

10
8
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 1 2 3

Land Use: 857 Discount Club
Description
A discount club is a discount store or warehouse where shoppers pay a membership fee in order to take
advantage of discounted prices on a wide variety of items such as food, clothing, tires, and appliances;
many items are sold in large quantities or bulk. Some sites may include on-site fueling pumps.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a December weekday
(two study sites), a December Saturday (one study site), a non-December weekday (four study
sites), a non-December Saturday (four study sites), and a non-December Sunday (one study site) in
a general urban/suburban setting.

December Non–December
Hour Beginning Weekday Saturday Weekday Saturday Sunday
12:00–4:00 a.m. – – – – –
5:00 a.m. – – – – –
6:00 a.m. – – – – –
7:00 a.m. – – 14 – –
8:00 a.m. – – 25 – –
9:00 a.m. – – 32 – –
10:00 a.m. – – 44 – 25
11:00 a.m. 85 81 87 86 73
12:00 p.m. 100 86 100 100 87
1:00 p.m. 98 93 100 94 94
2:00 p.m. 85 100 98 99 99
3:00 p.m. 76 88 78 92 100
4:00 p.m. 80 75 74 94 95
5:00 p.m. 71 58 70 73 49
6:00 p.m. – 46 71 – –
7:00 p.m. – – 52 – –
8:00 p.m. – – 48 – –
9:00 p.m. – – 9 – –
10:00 p.m. – – 3 – –
11:00 p.m. – – 1 – –

Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Alabama, British Columbia
(CAN), California, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, New Jersey, and Washington.
Source Numbers
19, 219, 292, 297, 423, 433, 511, 527, 557

Discount Club - Non-December
(857)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 135
1.79 0.91 - 3.18 1.47 / 2.87 *** 0.70 ( 39% )

500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200

Discount Club - Non-December
(857)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 133
2.73 1.99 - 4.45 2.09 / 4.22 *** 0.93 ( 34% )

800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 100 200

Discount Club - December
(857)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 143
3.12 1.92 - 4.60 2.35 / 4.60 *** 1.15 ( 37% )
600
400
P = Parked Vehicles
200
0
0 100 200

(857)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 143
3.78 2.68 - 5.44 2.93 / 5.44 *** 1.37 ( 36% )
800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 100 200

(857)
On a: Sunday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 126
5.58 5.58 - 5.58 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 100 200

Land Use: 860 Wholesale Market
Description
A wholesale market generally includes large storage and distribution areas for receiving goods and
shipping these goods to places such as grocery stores and restaurants. Generally, these markets are
characterized by little drive-in business; truck deliveries and pick-ups take place at all hours of the day.
Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the one study site in a dense multi-use urban setting with
parking supply information is 2.2 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA.
Source Number
161

Wholesale Market
(860)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 8.7
2.41 2.41 - 2.41 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 2 4 6 8 10

Land Use: 861 Sporting Goods Superstore
Description
A sporting goods superstore is a free-standing facility that specializes in the sale of athletic and
outdoor-oriented merchandise. It typically offers a variety of customer services and centralized
cashiering. These stores often maintain long store hours 7 days a week. Examples of items sold in
these stores include outdoor/athletic clothing, sports equipment, shoes, and hunting/boating/fishing
gear. Some may also carry automotive supplies. Sporting goods superstores are sometimes also
found as separate parcels within a retail complex, with or without their own dedicated parking.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday (five study
sites), a Saturday (two study sites), and a Sunday (one study site) in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. – – –
5:00 a.m. – – –
6:00 a.m. – – –
7:00 a.m. – – –
8:00 a.m. 24 2 –
9:00 a.m. 42 11 13
10:00 a.m. 61 35 19
11:00 a.m. 81 60 66
12:00 p.m. 91 72 87
1:00 p.m. 99 83 100
2:00 p.m. 100 91 96
3:00 p.m. 100 96 77
4:00 p.m. 90 100 68
5:00 p.m. 85 92 58
6:00 p.m. 78 84 45
7:00 p.m. 75 76 24
8:00 p.m. 54 – 10
9:00 p.m. 28 – –
10:00 p.m. 7 – –
11:00 p.m. – – –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the six study sites with parking supply information is 4.3 spaces
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California, Minnesota, Nevada,
Oregon, and Washington.
Source Numbers
274, 297, 450, 519, 523, 556

Sporting Goods Superstore
(861)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 112
1.44 0.99 - 2.76 1.06 / 2.76 *** 0.71 ( 49% )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300

(861)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 124
2.48 2.18 - 4.35 2.18 / 4.35 *** 0.92 ( 37% )
800
600
P = Parked Vehicles
400
200
0
0 100 200 300

(861)
On a: Sunday
3.34 3.34 - 3.34 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60

(861)
0.81 0.35 - 1.42 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

(861)
On a: Saturday
2.15 0.73 - 4.44 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

(861)
On a: Sunday
3.34 3.34 - 3.34 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60

(861)
2.19 2.19 - 2.19 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

(861)
On a: Sunday
2.53 2.53 - 2.53 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

(861)
0.46 0.46 - 0.46 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300 400

(861)
On a: Sunday
0.53 0.53 - 0.53 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
300
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300 400

Land Use: 862 Home Improvement Superstore
Description
A home improvement superstore is a free-standing facility that specializes in the sale of home
improvement merchandise. These stores generally offer a variety of customer services and
centralized cashiering. Home improvement superstores typically maintain long store hours 7 days
a week. Examples of items sold in these stores include lumber, tools, paint, lighting, wallpaper and
paneling, kitchen and bathroom fixtures, lawn equipment, and plant and garden accessories. The
stores included in this land use are often the only ones on the site, but they can also be found in
mutual operation with a related or unrelated garden center. Home improvement superstores are
sometimes found as separate parcels within a retail complex, with or without their own dedicated
parking. The buildings contained in this land use typically range in size between 50,000 and 200,000
square feet gross floor area. This land use does not include interior design stores. Building materials
and lumber store (Land Use 812) and hardware/paint store (Land Use 816) are related uses.

The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a Friday (26 study sites)
and a Saturday (30 study sites) in a general urban/suburban setting.

Hour Beginning Friday Saturday
12:00–4:00 a.m. – –
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. 18 –
8:00 a.m. 36 –
9:00 a.m. 57 –
10:00 a.m. 86 59
11:00 a.m. 99 82
12:00 p.m. 100 95
1:00 p.m. 97 100
2:00 p.m. 98 93
3:00 p.m. 92 95
4:00 p.m. 87 80
5:00 p.m. 79 74
6:00 p.m. 76 74
7:00 p.m. 81 –
8:00 p.m. 90 –
9:00 p.m. 70 –
10:00 p.m. – –
11:00 p.m. – –

Additional Data
Outside storage areas are not included in the overall gross floor area measurements. However, if
storage areas are located within the principal outside faces of the exterior walls, they are included in
the overall gross floor area of the building.
Garden centers contained within the principal outside faces of the exterior building walls are included
in the gross square floor areas reported. Outdoor or fenced-in areas outside the principal faces of
the exterior building walls are excluded.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2000s in California, Connecticut, Florida,
Georgia, Illinois, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Texas.
To assist in the future analysis of this land use, it is important to collect and include information
on the presence and size of garden centers and other outdoor fenced-in space for future parking
demand data submissions.
Source Numbers
152, 153, 174, 215, 436

Home Improvement Superstore
(862)
On a: Friday
2.42 1.47 - 4.71 1.87 / 3.25 2.15 - 2.69 0.79 ( 33% )

500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200

(862)
On a: Saturday
3.36 2.30 - 4.64 3.07 / 4.41 3.12 - 3.60 0.73 ( 22% )

500
400
P = Parked Vehicles
300
200
100
0
0 100 200

(862)
On a: Sunday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 114
2.44 1.86 - 2.85 2.15 / 2.85 *** 0.58 ( 24% )
400
300
P = Parked Vehicles
200
100
0
0 100 200

Land Use: 863 Electronics Superstore
Description
An electronics superstore is a free-standing facility that specializes in the sale of electronic

merchandise. These facilities generally offer a variety of customer services and centralized
cashiering. Electronics superstores typically maintain long store hours 7 days a week. Examples
of items sold in these stores include televisions, audio and video players and recorders, software,
telephones, computers, and general electronic accessories. Major home appliances may also be
sold at these facilities. Electronics superstores are sometimes found as separate parcels within a
retail complex, with or without their own dedicated parking.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. 4
7:00 a.m. 15
8:00 a.m. 16
9:00 a.m. 21
10:00 a.m. 62
11:00 a.m. 83
12:00 p.m. 94
1:00 p.m. 98
2:00 p.m. 100
3:00 p.m. 94
4:00 p.m. 87
5:00 p.m. 97
6:00 p.m. 96
7:00 p.m. 74
8:00 p.m. 65
9:00 p.m. 39
10:00 p.m. 6
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Minnesota, Pennsylvania,
and Washington.
Source Numbers
168, 297, 555

Electronics Superstore
(863)
2.02 1.35 - 3.03 1.48 / 3.03 *** 0.82 ( 41% )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

Electronics Superstore
(863)
1.91 1.91 - 1.91 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

Land Use: 864 Toy/Children’s Superstore
Description
A toy/children’s superstore is a free-standing facility that specializes in the sale of child-oriented

merchandise. These facilities generally offer a variety of customer services and centralized
cashiering. Toy/children’s superstores typically maintain long store hours 7 days a week. Examples
of items sold in these stores include board and video games, toys, bicycles/tricycles, wagons,
outdoor play equipment, and school supplies. Some may also carry children’s clothing. Toy/children’s
superstores are sometimes found as separate parcels within a retail complex, with or without their
own dedicated parking.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. –
9:00 a.m. –
10:00 a.m. –
11:00 a.m. 70
12:00 p.m. 76
1:00 p.m. 79
2:00 p.m. 97
3:00 p.m. 85
4:00 p.m. 79
5:00 p.m. 88
6:00 p.m. 100
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The site was surveyed in the 2000s in Pennsylvania.
Source Number
168

Toy/Children's Superstore
(864)
1.94 1.94 - 1.94 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 10 20

Land Use: 866 Pet Supply Superstore
Description
A pet supply superstore is a free-standing facility that specializes in the sale of pets and pet
supplies, food, and accessories. These facilities generally offer a variety of customer services,
have centralized cashiering, and maintain long store hours 7 days a week. Pet supply superstores
are sometimes found as separate parcels within a retail complex, with or without their own
dedicated off-street parking.
Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the two study sites with parking supply information is 4.0 spaces
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s and the 2000s in New Jersey and Washington.
Source Numbers
297, 421

Pet Supply Superstore
(866)
0.66 0.66 - 0.66 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20 30

(866)
On a: Saturday
1.17 1.17 - 1.17 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 10 20 30

(866)
1.17 1.17 - 1.17 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Land Use: 867 Office Supply Superstore
Description
An office supply superstore is a free-standing facility that specializes in the sale of office equipment
and supplies including computers, paper, furniture, and desk accessories. These facilities may
offer a variety of business services including administrative, communications, custom printing, and
Internet services. The stores generally have centralized cashiering and maintain long store hours
7 days a week. Office supply superstores are sometimes found as separate parcels within a retail
complex, with or without their own dedicated off-street parking.
Additional Data
Source Number
297

Office Supply Superstore
(867)
0.61 0.61 - 0.61 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 20 40 60 80

Land Use: 868 Book Superstore
Description
A book superstore is a free-standing facility that specializes in the sale of books. Some stores may
also include audio/video sales. Some book superstores have small cafés as ancillary facilities. The
stores generally have centralized cashiering and maintain long store hours 7 days a week. Book
superstores are sometimes found as separate parcels within a retail complex, with or without their
own dedicated off-street parking.
Additional Data
Source Number
297

Book Superstore
(868)
0.89 0.89 - 0.89 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Land Use: 869 Discount Home Furnishing Superstore
Description
A discount home furnishing superstore is a free-standing facility that sells an extensive variety
of home furnishings and accessories. These facilities typically have showrooms that display
products, many of which require assembly. The superstores are typically larger than 100,000 gross
square feet in size. These superstores maintain self-serve, on-site inventories of their products
within the facilities; customers pick up most of their items from these inventory locations prior to
completing their purchases. Some may include convenience services, such as small restaurants
and children’s play areas. The stores generally have centralized cashiering and maintain long
store hours 7 days a week. Discount home furnishing superstores are sometimes found as
separate parcels within a retail complex, with or without their own dedicated off-street parking.
Furniture store (Land Use 890) is a related use.
Additional Data
The study site is located less than 1/4-mile from a rail transit station.
The average parking supply ratio for the one study site in a general urban/suburban setting with
The site was surveyed in the 2000s in Oregon.
Source Number
521

Discount Home Furnishing Superstore
(869)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 280
3.53 3.53 - 3.53 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
1000
800
P = Parked Vehicles
600
400
200
0
0 100 200 300

Land Use: 876 Apparel Store
Description
An apparel store is an individual store specializing in the sale of clothing.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. –
9:00 a.m. –
10:00 a.m. –
11:00 a.m. –
12:00 p.m. –
1:00 p.m. 82
2:00 p.m. 88
3:00 p.m. 100
4:00 p.m. 65
5:00 p.m. 65
6:00 p.m. 47
7:00 p.m. 59
8:00 p.m. 47
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –
Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the two study sites in a general urban/suburban setting with
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s in New York.
Source Number
21

Apparel Store
(876)
1.13 1.13 - 1.13 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Apparel Store
(876)
On a: Saturday
2.66 2.13 - 3.30 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 10 20

Apparel Store
(876)
On a: Sunday
0.87 0.87 - 0.87 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Land Use: 880 Pharmacy/Drugstore
without Drive-Through Window
Description
A pharmacy/drugstore is a retail facility that primarily sells prescription and non-prescription drugs.
These facilities may also sell cosmetics, toiletries, medications, stationery, personal care products,
limited food products, and general merchandise. The drug stores in this category do not contain drive-
through windows. Pharmacy/drugstore with drive-through window (Land Use 881) is a related use.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. –
9:00 a.m. –
10:00 a.m. 41
11:00 a.m. 41
12:00 p.m. 41
1:00 p.m. 55
2:00 p.m. 59
3:00 p.m. 100
4:00 p.m. 68
5:00 p.m. 59
6:00 p.m. 73
7:00 p.m. 50
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the four study sites in a general urban/suburban setting with
parking supply information is 5.8 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA. One site in a dense multi-use
urban setting has a parking supply ratio of 3.8 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Illinois, New Jersey,
New York, and Texas.
Source Numbers
21, 94, 433, 525

Pharmacy/Drugstore without Drive-Through Window
(880)
2.19 1.47 - 3.58 1.74 / 3.58 *** 0.96 ( 44% )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 10 20

(880)
On a: Saturday
1.82 1.82 - 1.82 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

(880)
0.51 0.51 - 0.51 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20 30

(880)
On a: Saturday
0.60 0.60 - 0.60 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20 30

Land Use: 881 Pharmacy/Drugstore
with Drive-Through Window
Description
A pharmacy/drugstore is a retail facility that primarily sells prescription and non-prescription drugs.
These facilities may also sell cosmetics, toiletries, medications, stationery, personal care products,
limited food products, and general merchandise. The drug stores in this category contain drive-through
windows. Pharmacy/drugstore without a drive-through window (Land Use 880) is a related use.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday (eight study
sites), a Saturday (one study site), and a Sunday (one study site) in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. – – –
5:00 a.m. – – –
6:00 a.m. – – –
7:00 a.m. 7 – –
8:00 a.m. 24 11 15
9:00 a.m. 41 37 10
10:00 a.m. 37 63 55
11:00 a.m. 79 79 65
12:00 p.m. 82 74 95
1:00 p.m. 93 84 90
2:00 p.m. 97 100 100
3:00 p.m. 88 58 95
4:00 p.m. 95 53 90
5:00 p.m. 100 42 85
6:00 p.m. 82 26 60
7:00 p.m. 65 42 20
8:00 p.m. – 16 5
9:00 p.m. – – –
10:00 p.m. – – –
11:00 p.m. – – –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the 16 study sites in a general urban/suburban setting with
parking supply information is 4.9 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA. Two sites in a dense multi-use
urban setting have an average parking supply ratio of 3.1 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA.
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California, Illinois, Minnesota,
New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Washington.
Source Numbers
226, 423, 428, 429, 431, 432, 433, 525, 527, 556, 558, 566

Pharmacy/Drugstore with Drive-Through Window
(881)
2.27 0.79 - 4.36 1.82 / 3.41 1.92 - 2.62 0.92 ( 41% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 10 20

(881)
On a: Saturday
2.07 0.97 - 3.58 1.83 / 2.84 1.81 - 2.33 0.63 ( 30% )

50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 10 20

(881)
On a: Sunday
2.25 1.64 - 3.06 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 10 20

(881)
1.31 0.75 - 2.00 1.12 / 2.00 *** 0.44 ( 34% )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40

(881)
On a: Saturday
1.48 1.00 - 2.58 1.10 / 2.58 *** 0.76 ( 51% )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 10 20 30

(881)
1.89 1.57 - 2.49 1.59 / 2.49 *** 0.51 ( 27% )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

(881)
On a: Saturday
1.44 1.44 - 1.44 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

(881)
On a: Sunday
1.28 1.28 - 1.28 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Land Use: 882 Marijuana Dispensary
Description
A marijuana dispensary is a standalone facility where cannabis is sold to patients or consumers in a

legal manner.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. 2
7:00 a.m. 8
8:00 a.m. 35
9:00 a.m. 47
10:00 a.m. 67
11:00 a.m. 82
12:00 p.m. 88
1:00 p.m. 90
2:00 p.m. 100
3:00 p.m. 80
4:00 p.m. 88
5:00 p.m. 84
6:00 p.m. 86
7:00 p.m. 35
8:00 p.m. 4
9:00 p.m. 2
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –
Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 2010s in Colorado.
Source Number
555

Marijuana Dispensary
(882)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 2.2
7.19 4.10 - 20.60 4.25 / 20.60 *** 6.18 ( 86% )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 1 2 3 4

Land Use: 890 Furniture Store
Description
A furniture store is a full-service retail facility that specializes in the sale of furniture and often
carpeting. Furniture stores are generally large and may include storage areas. The sites surveyed
included both traditional retail furniture stores and warehouse stores with showrooms. Although
some home accessories may be sold, furniture stores primarily focus on the sale of pre-assembled
furniture. A majority of items sold at these facilities must be ordered for delivery. Discount home
furnishing superstore (Land Use 869) is a related use.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday (six study
sites), a Saturday (five study sites), and a Sunday (one study site) in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. – – –
5:00 a.m. – – –
6:00 a.m. – – –
7:00 a.m. – – –
8:00 a.m. – – –
9:00 a.m. 67 – –
10:00 a.m. 67 – 30
11:00 a.m. 78 – 51
12:00 p.m. 100 76 87
1:00 p.m. 84 70 100
2:00 p.m. 82 88 97
3:00 p.m. 89 100 –
4:00 p.m. 89 95 –
5:00 p.m. 98 70 –
6:00 p.m. 51 – –
7:00 p.m. 53 – –
8:00 p.m. 42 – –
9:00 p.m. 7 – –
10:00 p.m. – – –
11:00 p.m. – – –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the six study sites in a general urban/suburban setting with
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Massachusetts, Oregon, and Texas.
Source Numbers
206, 274, 278, 436, 566, 567

Furniture Store
(890)
0.48 0.36 - 0.88 0.43 / 0.86 *** 0.15 ( 31% )

30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 20 40 60 80

Furniture Store
(890)
On a: Saturday
0.96 0.76 - 1.64 0.87 / 1.58 *** 0.23 ( 24% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Furniture Store
(890)
On a: Sunday
1.43 1.43 - 1.43 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 10 20 30 40 50

Furniture Store
(890)
0.97 0.60 - 1.50 0.75 / 1.50 *** 0.36 ( 37% )
10
8
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 10 20

Furniture Store
(890)
On a: Saturday
1.63 1.40 - 2.40 1.40 / 2.40 *** 0.46 ( 28% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 20 40 60

Furniture Store
(890)
On a: Sunday
2.23 2.23 - 2.23 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 10 20 30 40

Furniture Store
(890)
On a: Saturday
0.67 0.67 - 0.67 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Furniture Store
(890)
On a: Saturday
1.43 1.43 - 1.43 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 2 4 6 8

Land Use: 892 Carpet Store
Description
A carpet store is a full-service retail facility that specializes in the sale of carpeting.
site) and a Saturday (five study sites) in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. – –
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. – –
8:00 a.m. – –
9:00 a.m. – –
10:00 a.m. – –
11:00 a.m. – 76
12:00 p.m. – 86
1:00 p.m. 75 95
2:00 p.m. 100 100
3:00 p.m. 69 86
4:00 p.m. 88 67
5:00 p.m. 63 –
6:00 p.m. 81 –
7:00 p.m. 63 –
8:00 p.m. – –
9:00 p.m. – –
10:00 p.m. – –
11:00 p.m. – –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the five study sites in a general urban/suburban setting with
parking supply information is 3.9 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA. Two sites in a dense multi-use
urban setting have an average parking supply ratio of 1.4 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA.
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, and the 2000s in California, Illinois, and Oregon.
Source Numbers
11, 201, 278, 312

Carpet Store
(892)
1.28 0.90 - 1.60 1.09 / 1.60 *** 0.39 ( 30% )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Carpet Store
(892)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 9.8
1.54 0.78 - 3.00 0.89 / 3.00 *** 0.82 ( 53% )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Carpet Store
(892)
0.89 0.89 - 0.89 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Carpet Store
(892)
On a: Saturday
1.68 1.11 - 5.00 1.32 / 5.00 *** 1.53 ( 91% )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Carpet Store
(892)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 8.5
1.00 0.88 - 3.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Carpet Store
(892)
On a: Saturday
1.89 1.50 - 2.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 2 4 6 8

Land Use: 899 Liquor Store
Description
A liquor store specializes in the sale of prepackaged alcoholic beverages intended to be consumed
off the store’s premises.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday (four study

12:00–4:00 a.m. – –
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. – –
8:00 a.m. 5 –
9:00 a.m. 27 –
10:00 a.m. 59 –
11:00 a.m. 80 50
12:00 p.m. 54 71
1:00 p.m. 46 93
2:00 p.m. 80 100
3:00 p.m. 85 86
4:00 p.m. 83 93
5:00 p.m. 90 79
6:00 p.m. 100 79
7:00 p.m. 66 –
8:00 p.m. 71 –
9:00 p.m. 56 –
10:00 p.m. 17 –
11:00 p.m. – –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the six study sites in a general urban/suburban setting with
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Illinois, Minnesota, and New Jersey.
Source Numbers
201, 531, 540, 556, 557, 558

Liquor Store
(899)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 8.1
1.72 1.38 - 2.98 1.49 / 2.79 *** 0.48 ( 28% )

30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Liquor Store
(899)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 7.3
1.23 0.75 - 2.55 1.06 / 2.49 *** 0.54 ( 44% )

20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Land Use: 912 Drive-In Bank
Description
A drive-in bank provides banking facilities for motorists who conduct financial transactions from their
vehicles. The drive-in lanes may or may not provide automatic teller machines (ATMs). All sites in
database also provide walk-in services.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 7
8:00 a.m. 24
9:00 a.m. 62
10:00 a.m. 82
11:00 a.m. 90
12:00 p.m. 85
1:00 p.m. 88
2:00 p.m. 92
3:00 p.m. 100
4:00 p.m. 92
5:00 p.m. 72
6:00 p.m. 36
7:00 p.m. 9
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
Parking demand does not include vehicles queued at drive-in lanes.
The average parking supply ratio for the 11 study sites in a general urban/suburban setting with
The sites were surveyed in the 2000s and the 2010s in New Jersey, New York, Tennessee, Texas,
and Washington.
Source Numbers
411, 445, 503, 527, 530, 567

Drive-in Bank
(912)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 5.5
3.72 1.50 - 7.91 3.10 / 6.00 3.27 - 4.17 1.42 ( 38% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 10 20 30

Drive-in Bank
(912)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 4.5
3.05 1.44 - 8.00 2.49 / 4.77 *** 1.40 ( 46% )

30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Drive-in Bank
(912)
1.32 0.63 - 2.42 1.12 / 1.89 *** 0.45 ( 34% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Drive-in Bank
(912)
On a: Saturday
0.76 0.60 - 0.94 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20 30

Land Use: 920 Copy, Print and Express Ship Store
Description
A copy, print, and express ship store is a facility that offers a variety of copying, printing, binding,
and shipping services. Retail sales of a limited range of office-related items including packing and
shipping supplies are also commonly available. Technology services, such as computer rental and
wireless Internet may also be provided. Copy, print, and express ship stores typically maintain long
store hours 7 days a week. Some stores may be open 24 hours a day.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 31
8:00 a.m. 62
9:00 a.m. 62
10:00 a.m. 77
11:00 a.m. 69
12:00 p.m. 77
1:00 p.m. 85
2:00 p.m. 77
3:00 p.m. 92
4:00 p.m. 62
5:00 p.m. 46
6:00 p.m. 100
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The site was surveyed in the 2000s in Texas.
Source Number
408

Copy, Print, and Express Ship Store
(920)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 4.3
3.01 3.01 - 3.01 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 1 2 3 4 5

Land Use: 930 Fast Casual Restaurant
Description
A fast casual restaurant is a sit-down restaurant with no (or very limited) wait staff or table service.
Customers typically order off a menu board, pay for food before the food is prepared and seat
themselves. The menu generally contains higher quality made to order food items with fewer
frozen or processed ingredients than at a fast food restaurant. Most patrons eat their meal within
the restaurant, but a significant proportion of the restaurant sales are carry-out orders. The
restaurants typically serve lunch and dinner; some serve breakfast. A typical duration of stay for an
eat-in customer is 40 minutes or less. Quality restaurant (Land Use 931), high-turnover (sit-down)
restaurant (Land Use 932), fast-food restaurant without drive-through window (Land Use 933), and
fast-food restaurant with drive-through window (Land Use 934) are related uses.

12:00–4:00 a.m. – –
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. 2 –
7:00 a.m. 2 –
8:00 a.m. 5 3
9:00 a.m. 14 7
10:00 a.m. 17 7
11:00 a.m. 18 27
12:00 p.m. 100 70
1:00 p.m. 75 80
2:00 p.m. 45 100
3:00 p.m. 31 57
4:00 p.m. 23 43
5:00 p.m. 49 60
6:00 p.m. 77 87
7:00 p.m. 69 53
8:00 p.m. 28 43
9:00 p.m. 20 33
10:00 p.m. 11 20
11:00 p.m. – –

Additional Data
parking supply information is 11 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA.
The sites were surveyed in the 2010s in California and Minnesota.
Source Numbers
543, 556, 557

Fast Casual Restaurant
(930)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 3.1
9.93 8.57 - 11.03 8.86 / 11.03 *** 1.23 ( 12% )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 1 2 3 4 5

Fast Casual Restaurant
(930)
On a: Saturday
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 2:00 p.m.; 6:00 p.m.
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 3.9
8.75 7.42 - 11.03 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 1 2 3 4 5

Land Use: 931 Quality Restaurant
Description
This land use consists of high quality, full-service eating establishments with a typical duration of
stay of at least one hour. They are also commonly referred to as fine dining. Quality restaurants
generally do not serve breakfast; some do not serve lunch; all serve dinner. This type of restaurant
often requests and sometimes requires a reservation and is generally not part of a chain. A patron
commonly waits to be seated, is served by wait staff, orders from a menu and pays after the meal.
Some of the study sites have lounge or bar facilities (serving alcoholic beverages), but they are
ancillary to the restaurant. Fast casual restaurant (Land Use 930) and high-turnover (sit-down)
restaurant (Land Use 932) are related uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a Monday-through-

Thursday weekday (one study site) and a Friday (one study site) in a general urban/suburban setting.

Hour Beginning Weekday Friday
12:00–4:00 a.m. – –
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. – –
8:00 a.m. – –
9:00 a.m. – –
10:00 a.m. – –
11:00 a.m. 20 11
12:00 p.m. 51 37
1:00 p.m. 56 54
2:00 p.m. 40 29
3:00 p.m. 27 22
4:00 p.m. 27 14
5:00 p.m. 39 18
6:00 p.m. 71 42
7:00 p.m. 100 91
8:00 p.m. 97 100
9:00 p.m. – –
10:00 p.m. – –
11:00 p.m. – –

Additional Data
Any outdoor seating area is not included in the overall gross floor area. Therefore, the number of
seats may be a more reliable independent variable on which to establish parking generation rates for
facilities having significant outdoor seating.
●● in a general urban/suburban setting, 23 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (nine sites) and 0.7
spaces per seat (seven sites)

●● in a dense multi-use urban setting, 12 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (five sites) and 0.3
spaces per seat (five sites)
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California, Illinois,
Indiana, New Jersey, New York, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, and Texas.
Source Numbers
21, 22, 47, 154, 168, 201, 274, 418, 431, 531

Quality Restaurant
(931)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 6.5
10.52 5.46 - 15.35 5.95 / 15.35 *** 5.31 ( 50% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 2 4 6 8 10

Quality Restaurant
(931)
On a: Friday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 6.1
14.84 7.84 - 29.70 11.93 / 22.52 *** 5.32 ( 36% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20

Quality Restaurant
(931)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 5.3
17.00 12.30 - 20.57 14.05 / 20.57 *** 3.17 ( 19% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 2 4 6 8 10

Quality Restaurant
(931)
0.52 0.20 - 0.60 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300
X = Number of Seats

Quality Restaurant
(931)
On a: Friday
0.47 0.24 - 1.00 0.33 / 0.86 *** 0.22 ( 47% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300 400
X = Number of Seats

Quality Restaurant
(931)
On a: Saturday
0.46 0.14 - 0.63 0.34 / 0.63 *** 0.19 ( 41% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300 400
X = Number of Seats

Quality Restaurant
(931)
1.20 1.20 - 1.20 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20

Quality Restaurant
(931)
On a: Friday
3.28 3.28 - 3.28 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 10 20 30

Quality Restaurant
(931)
On a: Saturday
3.80 2.70 - 4.11 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30 40

Quality Restaurant
(931)
On a: Friday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 5.2
9.81 7.87 - 14.27 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
60
40
P = Parked Vehicles
20
0
0 2 4 6 8

Quality Restaurant
(931)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 4.2
14.08 8.77 - 23.84 10.85 / 23.84 *** 7.42 ( 53% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 2 4 6 8

Quality Restaurant
(931)
On a: Friday
0.30 0.24 - 0.36 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
60
40
P = Parked Vehicles
20
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Seats

Quality Restaurant
(931)
On a: Saturday
0.35 0.23 - 0.47 0.30 / 0.47 *** 0.14 ( 40% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200 300
X = Number of Seats

Land Use: 932 High-Turnover (Sit-Down) Restaurant
Description
This land use consists of sit-down, full-service eating establishments with a typical duration of stay
of 60 minutes or less. They are commonly referred to as casual dining. This type of restaurant is
usually moderately priced and frequently belongs to a restaurant chain. Generally, these restaurants
serve lunch and dinner; they may also be open for breakfast and are sometimes open 24 hours a
day. These restaurants typically do not accept reservations. A patron commonly waits to be seated,
is served by wait staff, orders from a menu, and pays after the meal. Some facilities offer carry-out
for a small proportion of its customers. Some facilities within this land use may also contain lounge
or bar area for serving food and alcoholic drinks. Fast casual restaurant (Land Use 930), quality
restaurant (Land Use 931), fast-food restaurant without drive-through window (Land Use 933), and
fast-food restaurant with drive-through window (Land Use 934) are related uses.
The analysis of parking demand for this land use has identified different parking demand rates between
high-turnover restaurants with and without lounges. The term “family restaurant” is used interchangeably
as an abbreviated version of “high-turnover (sit-down) restaurant without lounge or bar facilities.”

The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a weekday at family
restaurants that serve breakfast, lunch, and dinner (12 study sites); family restaurants that serve
lunch and dinner (38 sites), and restaurants with a lounge or bar (four sites).

Family (breakfast, Family
Hour Beginning lunch, and dinner) (lunch and dinner) Lounge or Bar
12:00–4:00 a.m. – – –
5:00 a.m. – – –
6:00 a.m. 10 – –
7:00 a.m. 25 – –
8:00 a.m. 68 – –
9:00 a.m. 72 – –
10:00 a.m. 77 26 9
11:00 a.m. 83 43 15
12:00 p.m. 100 95 100
1:00 p.m. 91 95 81
2:00 p.m. 56 49 54
3:00 p.m. 42 39 33
4:00 p.m. 42 37 26
5:00 p.m. 64 62 29
6:00 p.m. 87 99 58
7:00 p.m. 79 100 70
8:00 p.m. 65 83 77
9:00 p.m. 42 51 61
10:00 p.m. 21 28 41
11:00 p.m. – – –

The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a Saturday at family
restaurants that serve breakfast, lunch, and dinner (six study sites); family restaurants that serve
lunch and dinner (10 sites), and restaurants with a lounge or bar (six sites).
Percent of Saturday Peak Parking Demand

Family (breakfast, Family
Hour Beginning lunch, and dinner) (lunch and dinner) Lounge or Bar
12:00–4:00 a.m. – – –
5:00 a.m. – – –
6:00 a.m. 15 – –
7:00 a.m. 28 – –
8:00 a.m. 52 – –
9:00 a.m. 75 – –
10:00 a.m. 91 87 15
11:00 a.m. 100 90 23
12:00 p.m. 90 100 37
1:00 p.m. 80 98 50
2:00 p.m. 67 85 44
3:00 p.m. 45 73 37
4:00 p.m. 39 58 48
5:00 p.m. 40 63 64
6:00 p.m. 40 76 90
7:00 p.m. 58 78 100
8:00 p.m. 40 76 89
9:00 p.m. 35 55 71
10:00 p.m. 33 46 56
11:00 p.m. – – –

Additional Data
The outdoor seating area is not included in the overall gross floor area. Therefore, the number of
●● in a general urban/suburban setting, 15 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (53 sites) and 0.5
spaces per seat (42 sites)

●● in a dense multi-use urban setting, 7 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (six sites) and 0.4
spaces per seat (one site)
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California,
Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Massachusetts, Minnesota, New Jersey, New York, Oklahoma,
Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Washington.
Source Numbers
8, 9, 21, 22, 47, 168, 182, 201, 218, 274, 276, 299, 527, 531, 556, 557, 567, 568

High-Turnover (Sit Down) Restaurant - Family
(932)
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 12:00 - 1:00 p.m.; 6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 4.5
9.44 2.35 - 27.78 6.39 / 17.40 7.96 - 10.92 5.38 ( 57% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20

(932)
On a: Friday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 4.0
11.33 7.21 - 17.64 7.35 / 17.64 *** 4.34 ( 38% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 2 4 6 8

(932)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 3.8
12.28 7.03 - 26.49 8.17 / 24.91 *** 6.10 ( 50% )

100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 2 4 6 8

(932)
On a: Sunday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 5.4
11.25 8.43 - 14.58 10.79 / 14.58 *** 2.30 ( 20% )
100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 2 4 6 8

(932)
0.33 0.21 - 0.58 0.26 / 0.53 *** 0.12 ( 36% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300 400
X = Number of Seats

(932)
On a: Friday
0.47 0.33 - 0.58 0.38 / 0.58 *** 0.10 ( 21% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Seats

(932)
On a: Saturday
0.34 0.26 - 0.55 0.29 / 0.55 *** 0.09 ( 26% )

60
40
P = Parked Vehicles
20
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Seats

(932)
On a: Sunday
0.35 0.28 - 0.40 0.28 / 0.40 *** 0.06 ( 17% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Seats

(932)
2.55 0.68 - 6.78 2.18 / 4.88 1.95 - 3.15 1.46 ( 57% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60

(932)
On a: Friday
7.78 7.78 - 7.78 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 2 4 6 8 10

(932)
On a: Saturday
4.10 4.10 - 4.10 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 10 20

(932)
On a: Sunday
3.76 3.50 - 3.93 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
60
40
P = Parked Vehicles
20
0
0 10 20

(932)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 3.4
6.47 3.13 - 12.41 4.57 / 12.37 *** 3.20 ( 49% )

50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 2 4 6

(932)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 3.5
7.19 3.60 - 12.05 4.97 / 11.95 *** 3.39 ( 47% )

50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 2 4 6

(932)
0.17 0.17 - 0.17 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Seats

(932)
On a: Saturday
0.34 0.34 - 0.34 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Seats

High-Turnover (Sit Down) Restaurant - Lounge/Bar
(932)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 6.0
9.31 7.82 - 12.55 8.74 / 11.82 *** 1.49 ( 16% )

100
80
P = Parked Vehicles
60
40
20
0
0 2 4 6 8 10

(932)
On a: Friday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 7.2
14.12 7.73 - 24.29 12.39 / 20.36 *** 4.72 ( 33% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20

(932)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 6.5
13.98 4.56 - 21.94 10.67 / 20.16 *** 5.37 ( 38% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20

(932)
0.28 0.28 - 0.28 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
60
40
P = Parked Vehicles
20
0
0 100 200 300
X = Number of Seats

(932)
On a: Friday
0.45 0.32 - 0.84 0.37 / 0.73 *** 0.16 ( 36% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300
X = Number of Seats

(932)
On a: Saturday
0.43 0.26 - 0.76 0.32 / 0.74 *** 0.17 ( 40% )

200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 100 200 300 400
X = Number of Seats

(932)
On a: Friday
4.50 3.10 - 6.50 3.28 / 6.50 *** 1.33 ( 30% )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 10 20 30 40

(932)
On a: Saturday
2.99 2.53 - 3.81 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
200
P = Parked Vehicles
100
0
0 20 40 60

Land Use: 933 Fast-Food Restaurant
Description
This land use includes fast-food restaurants without drive-through windows. This type of restaurant
is characterized by a large carry-out clientele, long hours of service (some are open for breakfast,
all are open for lunch and dinner, some are open late at night or 24 hours a day) and high turnover
rates for eat-in customers. These limited-service eating establishments do not provide table service.
A patron generally orders from a menu board and pays before receiving the meal. A typical duration
of stay for an eat-in customer is less than 30 minutes. Fast casual restaurant (Land Use 930), high-
turnover (sit-down) restaurant (Land Use 932), and fast-food restaurant with drive-through window
Additional Data
●● in a general urban/suburban setting, 16 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (11 sites)
●● in a dense multi-use urban setting, 10 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (7 sites)
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s and the 1990s in California, Connecticut, Oklahoma, and
Washington.
Source Numbers
8, 9, 47, 235, 241, 298

Fast-Food Restaurant without Drive-Through Window
(933)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 2.1
9.91 2.78 - 24.93 4.83 / 16.60 *** 5.89 ( 59% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 1 2 3 4 5

(933)
0.25 0.16 - 0.37 0.18 / 0.37 *** 0.08 ( 32% )
80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200 300
X = Number of Seats

(933)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 2.1
9.61 6.58 - 15.05 8.42 / 15.05 *** 4.72 ( 49% )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 1 2 3 4

Land Use: 934 Fast-Food Restaurant
Description
This category includes fast-food restaurants with drive-through windows. This type of restaurant is
characterized by a large drive-through and large carry-out clientele, long hours of service (some are
open for breakfast, all are open for lunch and dinner, some are open late at night or 24 hours a day)
and high turnover rates for eat-in customers. These limited-service eating establishments do not
provide table service. A patron generally orders from a menu board and pays before receiving the
meal. A typical duration of stay for an eat-in patron is less than 30 minutes. Fast casual restaurant
(Land Use 930), high-turnover (sit-down) restaurant (Land Use 932), fast-food restaurant without
drive-through window (Land Use 933), and fast-food restaurant with drive-through window and no
indoor seating (Land Use 935) are related uses.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a Monday-through-Thursday

weekday (four study sites) and a Saturday (one study site) in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. – –
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. – –
8:00 a.m. – –
9:00 a.m. – –
10:00 a.m. 28 31
11:00 a.m. 60 50
12:00 p.m. 100 88
1:00 p.m. 85 100
2:00 p.m. 57 75
3:00 p.m. 43 50
4:00 p.m. 45 31
5:00 p.m. 59 50
6:00 p.m. 62 69
7:00 p.m. 18 63
8:00 p.m. – –
9:00 p.m. – –
10:00 p.m. – –
11:00 p.m. – –

Additional Data
●● In a general urban/suburban setting, 15 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (53 sites) and 0.6

●● In a dense multi-use urban setting, 8.7 spaces per 1,000 square feet GFA (8 sites) and 0.4
The sites were surveyed in the 1980s, the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in Arkansas,
California, Colorado, Connecticut, Illinois, Missouri, Nevada, New York, Oklahoma, Oregon,
Pennsylvania, and Washington.
Source Numbers
8, 9, 22, 47, 138, 180, 201, 218, 231, 235, 251, 274, 298, 403, 432, 527, 530, 543

Fast-Food Restaurant with Drive-Through Window
(934)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 3.3
8.66 3.23 - 23.26 6.71 / 13.78 7.34 - 9.98 4.22 ( 49% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 2 4 6 8

(934)
On a: Friday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 3.3
12.41 6.58 - 17.50 10.84 / 16.64 *** 3.77 ( 30% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 2 4 6

(934)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 3.4
9.18 2.96 - 18.00 6.70 / 14.20 7.69 - 10.67 3.88 ( 42% )

60
40
P = Parked Vehicles
20
0
0 2 4 6 8

(934)
On a: Sunday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 3.2
10.47 9.14 - 12.07 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 1 2 3 4

(934)
0.34 0.15 - 0.54 0.27 / 0.47 0.30 - 0.38 0.11 ( 32% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Seats

(934)
On a: Friday
0.44 0.26 - 0.62 0.35 / 0.61 *** 0.14 ( 32% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Seats

(934)
On a: Saturday
0.37 0.14 - 0.77 0.29 / 0.68 *** 0.19 ( 51% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Seats

(934)
On a: Sunday
0.32 0.29 - 0.36 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Seats

(934)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 3.4
6.21 4.35 - 8.26 5.07 / 8.26 *** 2.11 ( 34% )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 1 2 3 4 5

(934)
On a: Friday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 3.4
10.14 7.22 - 12.29 8.46 / 12.29 *** 2.69 ( 27% )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 1 2 3 4

(934)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 1.4
4.44 4.44 - 4.44 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
6
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 1 2

(934)
On a: Sunday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 3.3
9.31 7.14 - 11.71 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 1 2 3 4

(934)
On a: Friday
0.32 0.19 - 0.51 0.24 / 0.51 *** 0.16 ( 50% )
50
40
P = Parked Vehicles
30
20
10
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Seats

(934)
On a: Saturday
0.18 0.18 - 0.18 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
6
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 10 20 30 40
X = Number of Seats

(934)
On a: Sunday
0.30 0.24 - 0.37 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 100 200
X = Number of Seats

Land Use: 936 Coffee/Donut Shop
Description
This land use includes single-tenant coffee and donut restaurants without drive-through windows.
Freshly brewed coffee and a variety of coffee-related accessories are the primary retail products
sold at these sites. They may also sell other refreshment items, such as donuts, bagels, muffins,
cakes, sandwiches, wraps, salads, and other hot and cold beverages. Some sites may also sell
newspapers, music CDs, and books. The coffee and donut shops contained in this land use typically
hold long store hours (more than 15 hours) with an early morning opening. Limited indoor seating
is generally provided for patrons, but table service is not provided. Coffee/donut shop with drive-
through window (Land Use 937), coffee/donut shop with drive-through window and no indoor seating
(Land Use 938), bread/donut/bagel shop without drive-through window (Land Use 939), and bread/
donut/bagel shop with drive-through window (Land Use 940) are related uses.
sites) and a Saturday (three study sites) in a general urban/suburban setting.

12:00–4:00 a.m. – –
5:00 a.m. – –
6:00 a.m. – –
7:00 a.m. 73 100
8:00 a.m. 100 90
9:00 a.m. 63 80
10:00 a.m. 57 65
11:00 a.m. 42 62
12:00 p.m. 39 40
1:00 p.m. 27 32
2:00 p.m. – –
3:00 p.m. – –
4:00 p.m. – –
5:00 p.m. – –
6:00 p.m. – –
7:00 p.m. – –
8:00 p.m. – –
9:00 p.m. – –
10:00 p.m. – –
11:00 p.m. – –

Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the four study sites with parking supply information is 7.1
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s, the 2000s, and the 2010s in California, New Jersey, Oregon,
Pennsylvania, and Washington.
Source Numbers
298, 399, 428, 431, 531

Coffee/Donut Shop without Drive-Through Window
(936)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 1.8
10.49 3.49 - 19.31 8.44 / 17.20 *** 4.96 ( 47% )

30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 1 2 3 4

Coffee/Donut Shop without Drive-Through Window
(936)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 1.5
14.44 14.00 - 14.67 14.21 / 14.67 *** 0.38 ( 3% )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 1 2

Land Use: 937 Coffee/Donut Shop
Description
This land use includes single-tenant coffee and donut restaurants with drive-through windows. Freshly
brewed coffee and a variety of coffee-related accessories are the primary retail products sold at these
sites. They may also sell other refreshment items, such as donuts, bagels, muffins, cakes, sandwiches,
wraps, salads, and other hot and cold beverages. Some sites may also sell newspapers, music, CDs,
and books. The coffee and donut shops contained in this land use typically hold long store hours (more
than 15 hours) with an early morning opening. Also, limited indoor seating is generally provided for
patrons; however, table service is not provided. Coffee/donut shop without drive-through window (Land
Use 936), bread/donut/bagel shop without drive-through window (Land Use 939), and bread/donut/
bagel shop with drive-through window (Land Use 940) are related uses.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 73
8:00 a.m. 92
9:00 a.m. 100
10:00 a.m. 88
11:00 a.m. 73
12:00 p.m. 73
1:00 p.m. 77
2:00 p.m. 58
3:00 p.m. 62
4:00 p.m. 62
5:00 p.m. –
6:00 p.m. –
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The sites were surveyed in the 2000s and the 2010s in Nevada, New Jersey, New York, Ontario
(CAN), Tennessee, and Washington.
Source Numbers
405, 407, 412, 433, 442, 509, 523, 530, 540

Coffee/Donut Shop with Drive-Through Window
(937)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 1.9
5.22 2.86 - 12.59 3.62 / 12.52 *** 3.07 ( 59% )

20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 1 2 3 4

Coffee/Donut Shop with Drive-Through Window
(937)
On a: Saturday
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 8:00 a.m.; 11:00 a.m.
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 1.3
8.70 5.41 - 11.85 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 1 2

Land Use: 939 Bread/Donut/Bagel Shop
Description
This land use includes single-tenant bread, donut, and bagel shops without drive-through windows.
The sites surveyed specialize in producing and selling a variety of breads, donuts, and bagels as
the primary products sold. Some sites offer a breakfast menu. They may also sell other refreshment
items, such as coffee, tea, soda, or other hot and cold beverages. Limited indoor seating is generally
available at the sites surveyed. Coffee/donut shop without drive-through window (Land Use 936),
coffee/donut shop with drive-through window (Land Use 937), and bread/donut/bagel shop with
drive-through window (Land Use 940) are related uses.
Additional Data
The site was surveyed in the 2000s in New Jersey.
Source Number
433

Bread/Donut/Bagel Shop without Drive-Through Window
(939)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 1.1
8.00 8.00 - 8.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
10
8
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 1 2

Bread/Donut/Bagel Shop without Drive-Through Window
(939)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 1.1
9.78 9.78 - 9.78 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 1 2

Land Use: 940 Bread/Donut/Bagel Shop
Description
This land use includes single-tenant bread, donut, and bagel shops with drive-through windows.
The sites surveyed specialize in producing and selling a variety of breads, donuts, and bagels as
the primary products sold. Some sites offer a breakfast menu. They may also sell other refreshment
items, such as coffee, tea, soda, or other hot and cold beverages. Limited indoor seating is generally
available at the sites surveyed. Coffee/donut shop without drive-through window (Land Use 936),
coffee/donut shop with drive-through window (Land Use 937), and bread/donut/bagel shop without
drive-through window (Land Use 939) are related uses.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. 67
8:00 a.m. 100
9:00 a.m. 78
10:00 a.m. 67
11:00 a.m. 89
12:00 p.m. 44
1:00 p.m. 44
2:00 p.m. 22
3:00 p.m. 33
4:00 p.m. 33
5:00 p.m. 56
6:00 p.m. 22
7:00 p.m. 33
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
The site was surveyed in the 2000s in Tennessee.
Source Number
442

Bread/Donut/Bagel Shop with Drive-Through Window
(940)
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 8:00 a.m.; 11:00 a.m.
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 2.0
4.50 4.50 - 4.50 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
10
8
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 1 2 3

Bread/Donut/Bagel Shop with Drive-Through Window
(940)
On a: Sunday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 2.0
3.00 3.00 - 3.00 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
6
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 1 2 3

Land Use: 941 Quick Lubrication Vehicle Shop
Description
A quick lubrication vehicle shop is a business where the primary activity is to perform oil change
services for vehicles. Other ancillary services provided may include preventative maintenance, such
as fluid and filter changes. Automobile repair service is generally not provided. Automobile parts and
service center (Land Use 943) is a related use.
Additional Data
The site was surveyed in the 2010s in Texas.
Source Number
568

Quick Lubrication Vehicle Shop
(941)
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 1.4
5.07 5.07 - 5.07 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
6
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 1 2

Quick Lubrication Vehicle Shop
(941)
1.17 1.17 - 1.17 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
6
P = Parked Vehicles
0
0 2 4 6 8

Land Use: 943 Automobile Parts and Service Center
Description
An automobile parts and service center sells automobile parts for do-it-yourself maintenance and
repair including tires, batteries, oil, and spark plugs. The stores may also sell automobile parts to
retailers and repair facilities. Automobile parts and service centers provide a full array of onsite
services for various automobiles. These facilities provide centralized cashiering and maintain long
hours 7 days a week. Automobile parts and service centers are sometimes found as separate
parcels within a retail complex. Automobile parts sales (Land Use 843), tire store (Land Use 848),
tire superstore (Land Use 849), and quick lubrication vehicle shop (Land Use 941) are related uses.

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. 45
9:00 a.m. 84
10:00 a.m. 97
11:00 a.m. 100
12:00 p.m. 87
1:00 p.m. 81
2:00 p.m. 87
3:00 p.m. 91
4:00 p.m. 86
5:00 p.m. 71
6:00 p.m. 23
7:00 p.m. 6
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
Source Numbers
568, 569, 570

Automobile Parts and Service Center
(943)
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 10:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 6.7
1.69 0.40 - 14.37 1.58 / 3.54 1.05 - 2.33 1.67 ( 99% )

40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 10 20 30

(943)
On a: Saturday
1.07 1.07 - 1.07 *** / *** *** *** ( *** )
30
20
P = Parked Vehicles
10
0
0 10 20 30

(943)
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 10:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m
1.31 0.50 - 5.00 1.17 / 3.50 1.04 - 1.58 0.70 ( 53% )

40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 10 20 30

Land Use: 960 Super Convenience Market
with Gas Station
Description
This land use includes gasoline/service stations with convenience markets where there is significant
business related to the sale of convenience items and the fueling of motor vehicles. Some commonly
sold convenience items include freshly brewed coffee, daily-made donuts, bakery items, hot and
cold beverages, breakfast items, dairy items, fresh fruits, soups, light meals, ready-to-go and freshly
made sandwiches and wraps, and ready-to-go salads. Stores typically also had automated teller
machines (ATMs), and public restrooms. The sites included in this land use category have the
following two specific characteristics:
●● the gross floor area of the convenience market is at least 3,000 square feet
●● the number of vehicle fueling positions is at least 10
Convenience market with gasoline pumps (Land Use 853) is a related use.
Additional Data
The average parking supply ratio for the ten study sites with parking supply information is 13 spaces
The sites were surveyed in the 1990s and the 2000s in New Jersey.
Source Numbers
417, 433

Super Convenience Market/Gas Station
(960)
Peak Period of Parking Demand: 7:00 - 8:00 a.m.; 11:00 a.m. - 12:00 p.m.
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 5.5
8.11 5.18 - 11.67 7.22 / 11.15 *** 2.00 ( 25% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 2 4 6

Super Convenience Market/Gas Station
(960)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 5.5
5.07 3.93 - 7.01 4.15 / 6.89 *** 1.22 ( 24% )

40
30
P = Parked Vehicles
20
10
0
0 2 4 6

Land Use: 970 Winery
Description
A winery is a property used primarily for the production of wine. Wineries typically include tasting
room facilities and may offer special events such as weddings or parties. Wineries often offer
complimentary tours and wine tasting. Visitors also may purchase wine or wine-related products.
The following table presents a time-of-day distribution of parking demand on a Saturday at six study
sites in a rural setting.
Hour Beginning Percent of Saturday Peak Parking Demand

12:00–4:00 a.m. –
5:00 a.m. –
6:00 a.m. –
7:00 a.m. –
8:00 a.m. –
9:00 a.m. –
10:00 a.m. 19
11:00 a.m. 44
12:00 p.m. 59
1:00 p.m. 80
2:00 p.m. 90
3:00 p.m. 100
4:00 p.m. 96
5:00 p.m. 44
6:00 p.m. 4
7:00 p.m. –
8:00 p.m. –
9:00 p.m. –
10:00 p.m. –
11:00 p.m. –

Additional Data
For the purposes of this land use, the independent variable “1,000 sq. feet gross floor area” refers to
the square footage of the building that houses the tasting room.
The average parking supply ratio for the five study sites with parking supply information is 43 spaces
Source Number
519

Winery
(970)
On a: Saturday
Avg. 1000 Sq. Ft. GFA: 1.3
25.38 15.00 - 138.89 22.94 / 133.79 *** 21.12 ( 83% )

80
60
P = Parked Vehicles
40
20
0
0 1 2 3 4

Appendix A. Data Sources
Appendix A provides a list of sources for the parking demand data presented in Parking Generation
Manual. The data were contributed on a voluntary basis by various state and local governmental
agencies, consulting firms, individual transportation professionals, universities and colleges,
developers, associations, and local sections, districts, and student chapters of ITE. The source
numbers for studies contained in each land use are listed on the land use description pages.
1 Kimley–Horn and Associates, Orlando, FL, 37 G.D. Hamilton Associates, Vancouver, BC,
1988–1991. 1991–1992.
3 Weston Pringle & Associates, Fullerton, CA, 38 Trans Associates, Pittsburgh, PA, 1992.
1988. 39 Raymond Keyes Associates, Tarrytown, NY,
6 The RBA Group, Atlanta, GA, 1985. 1992.
7 The Traffic Group, Towson, MD, 1982. 42 The RBA Group, Morristown, NJ, 1991.
8 City of Oklahoma City, Oklahoma City, OK, 43 Sear–Brown Group, Rochester, NY, 1989.
1987. 45 Horner and Canter Associates, Medford, NJ,
9 Naugatuck Valley Council of Governments, 1992.
Waterbury, CT, 1985. 46 David E. Wooster and Associates, Pittsburgh,
PA, 1984.
11 Paul C. Box and Associates, Skokie, IL, 1985.
47 City of Oklahoma City, Oklahoma City, OK,
14 Travers and Associates, Clifton, NJ, 1986–
1987.
1990.
48 TAMS, Boston, MA, 1985.
16 San Francisco Airport Commission, San
Francisco, CA, 1984. 49 Carleton University, Ottawa, ON, 1986.
17 Nelson Engineering, Eatontown, NJ, 1988. 53 LRE Engineering, Atlanta, GA, 1991.
18 City of Edmonton, Edmonton, AB, 1988. 56 Kimley–Horn and Associates, Orlando, FL,
1986–1990.
19 Ed Swanson and Associates, Grand Rapids, MI,
1992.
59 Tornrose, Campbell & Associates, Chicago, IL,
1988.
20 City of Farmington Hills, Farmington Hills, MI,
71 City of Chattanooga, Chattanooga, TN, 1989.
1980.
72 Howard County, Scaggsville, MD, 1989.
21–22 Syracuse University, Syracuse, NY, 1984–
1988. 83 Jefferson Parish, Harahan, LA, 1986.
23 TAMS, Boston, MA, 1984. 84 OKI Regional Council of Governments,
Cincinnati, OH, 1986.
29 HNTB, Denver, CO, 1986.
86 Basmaciyan–Darnell, Irvine, CA, 1989.
30 ASC Consulting Engineers, Santa Ana, CA,
1988.
87 Valley Forge Laboratories, Eaton, PA, 1988.
32 Paul C. Box and Associates, Skokie, IL, 1985–

88 Abrams Associates, Walnut Creek, CA, 1989.
1989. 89 IMC Consulting Group, Edmonton, AB, 1992.
36 Greer & Company, Anaheim, CA, 1992. 94 City of Kilgore, Kilgore, TX, 1985.
Appendix A. Data Sources 803

103 Patton Harris Rust & Associates, Fairfax 162 Wilsey & Ham, Foster City, CA, 1981.
County, VA, 1988. 163 ITE Student Chapter, Portland State University,
108 Nelson Engineering. Eatontown, NJ, 1990. Portland, OR, 2002.
117 Mohle, Grover & Associates, La Habra, CA, 164 Heffernan & Associates, Scottsdale, AZ, 2001.
1989. 165 BRW, Minneapolis, MN, 1984–1985.
118 University of Oklahoma, Norman, OK, 1992. 166 Syracuse University, 1984–1988.
119 Harland Bartholomew & Associates, Memphis, 167 City of Garland, Garland, TX, 1983.
TN, 1987.
168 Walker Parking Consultants, Indianapolis, IN,
120 Justin F. Farmer Transportation Engineers, 2000–2008.
Brea, CA 1990–1994.
169 ITE Student Chapter, San Diego State
121 The Traffic Group, Towson, MD, 1989–1992. University, San Diego, CA, 2004.
122 King County Metro, Seattle, WA, 1992. 170 City of Saskatoon, Saskatoon, SK, 1982.
123 G. D. Hamilton Associates, Vancouver, BC, 172 Parking Generation 2nd Edition, unknown
1992. sources, 1984–1985.
124 DeShazo, Starek & Tang, Dallas, TX, 1987– 173 Fehr & Peers, Walnut Creek, CA, 2006.
1989.
174 Valley Forge Laboratories, Eaton, PA, 1988.
136 City of Denver, Denver, CO, 1986.
175 Travers and Associates, Clifton, NJ, 1985.
138 City of Lakewood, Lakewood, CO, 1986.
176 Callow Associates, Fairfax County, VA, 1988.
142 City of Littleton, Littleton, CO, 1986.
179 Kittelson & Associates, Portland, OR, 2001.
144 City of Grand Prairie, Grand Prairie, TX, 1992.
180 David E. Wooster and Associates, Pittsburgh,
145 Raymond Keyes Associates, Tarrytown, NY, PA, 1985.
1992.
182 Justin F. Farmer Transportation Engineers,
146 City of Calgary, Calgary, AB, 1992. Brea, CA, 1984.
149 City of Oklahoma City, Oklahoma City, OK, 201–205 Paul C. Box and Associates, Skokie, IL, 1983–
1987. 1990.
151 City of Seattle, Seattle, WA, 1991. 206 Centurion Consulting Group, Houston, TX,
152 Barton–Aschman Associates, Dallas, TX, 1980– 1992.
1991. 208 Diaz, Seckinger & Associates, Tampa, FL,
153 Paul C. Box and Associates, Skokie, IL, 1981– 1983.
1997. 209 Parsons Transportation Group, San Jose, CA,
154 DeShazo, Starek & Tang, Dallas, TX, 1981– 1992–1999.
1987. 210–212 Walker Parking Consultants, Indianapolis, IN,
155 Basmaciyan–Darnell, Irvine, CA, 1981. 2001.
157 Weston Pringle & Associates, Fullerton, CA, 215–216 Barton–Aschman Associates, Houston, TX,
1981–1984. 1984–1986.
158 DKS and Associates, Portland, OR, 1984– 217–219 City of San Diego, San Diego, CA, 1994.
2001. 221 City of Chattanooga, Chattanooga, TN, 1990.
159 Kimley–Horn and Associates, Orlando, FL, 223 City of Nashville, Nashville, TN, 1991.
1983.
224 RPM & Associates, Nashville, TN, 2001.
161 Associated Transportation Engineers, Santa
Barbara, CA, 1987–2009. 225 Transport Canada, Ottawa, ON, 1984.

226 Monroe County, Rochester, NY, 2000. 281 Penfield & Smith, Santa Barbara, CA, 2001.
227 Greater Bridgeport Regional Planning Agency, 283 Austin–Foust Associates, Santa Ana, CA,
Bridgeport, CT, 1984. 1986.
229 Herman Kimmel and Associates, Newport 285 PRC Engineering, Orinda, CA, 1985.
Beach, CA, 1985. 287 Shropshire Associates, Lumberton, NJ, 2009.
231 ITE Student Chapter, University of Missouri, 289 Lancaster Engineering, Portland, OR, 2002.
Rolla, MO, 1985.
291 Department of the Army, Newport News, VA,
233 N.K. Becker & Associates, Windsor, ON, 1986. 1994.
235 Greer & Company, Anaheim, CA, 1984. 292 Creative Transportation Solutions, Port Moody,
237 Clark County–Springfield Transportation BC, 2002.
Coordinating Committee, Springfield, OH, 293 Task Engineering, Phoenix, AZ, 2000.
1984.
294 ITE Student Chapter, Montana State University,
239 Walter P. Moore and Associates, San Antonio, Bozeman, MT, 2001.
TX, 1984.
295 Brian Kangas Foulk & Associates, Redwood
241 Wilsey & Ham, Foster City, CA, 1984. City, CA, 1984.
243 TJKM, Pleasanton, CA, 1984. 297–299 City of Seattle, Seattle, WA, 2000.
245 Wilbur Smith Associates, New Haven, CT, 308–309 John Dorsett and Mark Lukasick, “Parking
1984, 1997. Requirements for Medical Office Buildings.”
247 Harbor Consultants, Westfield, NJ, 2001. ITE Journal (August 2007)
249 Schoor Depalma, Manalapan, NJ, 1997. 310 TJKM, Pleasanton, CA, 2007.
251 KD Anderson Transportation Engineers, 311–315 Associated Transportation Engineers, Santa
Roseville, CA, 1996. Barbara, CA, 1998–2009.
255 Darnell & Associates, San Diego, CA, 1997. 400 Shropshire Associates, Lumberton, NJ, 2008.
257 Kunzman Associates, Irvine, CA, 1981. 401 DKS and Associates, Portland, OR, 2004–
2009.
259 Barton–Aschman Associates, Atlanta, GA,
1985. 402 The Traffic Group, Baltimore, MD, 2004–2005.
261 DeShazo, Starek & Tang, Dallas, TX, 1985. 403 University of Central Arkansas, Department of
Geography, Conway, AR, 2004.
263 City of Newport News, Newport News, VA,
1984. 405 Horner and Canter Associates, Medford, NJ,
2001–2003.
265 City of Irvine, Irvine, CA, 1982.
406 ITE Student Chapter, Auburn University,
267 San Diego Trolley, San Diego, CA, 2001.
Auburn, AL, 2007.
269 TriMet, Portland, OR, 2002.
407 ITE Student Chapter, University of Nevada,
271 SEPTA, Philadelphia, PA, 2002. Reno, NV, 2006–2007.
273 MetroLink, St. Louis, MO, 2002. 408 ITE Student Chapter, Texas A&M University,
274–276 McArthur & Associates. Oregon DEQ Parking College Station, TX, 2007.
Study. Portland, OR, 1995. 409 ITE Student Chapter, University of Alabama,
277 Kaku Associates, Santa Monica, CA, 2001. Birmingham, AL, 2007.
278 McArthur & Associates. Oregon DEQ Parking 410 Krager and Associates Inc., Denver, CO, 2006.
Study. Portland, OR, 1995. 411 Oracle Engineering, Piscataway, NJ, 2007.
279 Eschbacher Engineering, Melville, NY, 2002.

412 ITE Student Chapter, University of Washington, 440 Rafiq and Associates, Anaheim, CA, 2007.
Seattle, WA, 2007. 441 Westwood Professional Services, Eden Prairie,
413 ITE Student Chapter, Oregon State University, MN, 2006.
Corvallis, OR, 2008. 442 ITE Student Chapter, University of Memphis,
414 City of Brooks, Brooks, AB, Canada, 1998– Memphis, TN, 2009.
1999. 443 ITE Student Chapter, Southern Methodist
415 ITE Student Chapter, University of University, Dallas, TX, 2009.
Massachusetts, Amherst, MA, 2008. 445 ITE Student Chapter, Texas A&M University,
416 Maurer–Stutz, Peoria, IL, 2007. College Station, TX, 2009.
417 Shropshire Associates, Lumberton, NJ, 2006– 446 ITE Student Chapter, University of Waterloo,
2007. Waterloo, ON, Canada, 2009.
418 Kenig, Lindgren, O’Hara, Aboona Inc., 447 Wilbur Smith Associates, Dallas, TX, 2008.
Rosemont, IL, 2008. 450 ITE Student Chapter, University of Nevada,
419 ITE Student Chapter, Portland State University, Reno, NV, 2009.
Portland, OR, 2006. 451 Rick Engineering Company, San Diego, CA,
420 ITE Student Chapter, California State 2008.
University, Sacramento, CA, 2006. 501 Kimley–Horn and Associates, St. Paul, MN,
421 CMX, Manalapan, NJ, 2007. 2011.
422 ITE Student Chapter, University of Memphis, 502 ITE Student Chapter, University of California,
Memphis, TN, 2008. Los Angeles, CA, 2010.
423 ITE Student Chapter, Auburn University, 503 ITE Student Chapter, University of Memphis,
Auburn, AL, 2008. Memphis, TN, 2010–2013.
425 CMX, Manalapan, NJ, 2008. 504 BL Companies, Meriden, CT, 2006.
427 Carter & Burgess, Denver, CO, 2007. 505 Santa Clara Valley Transportation Authority. “A
Parking Utilization Survey of Transit–Oriented
428 RK Engineering Group, Newport Beach, CA,
Development Residential Properties in Santa
2000–2008.
Clara County.” San Jose, CA, 2010.
429 Stantec, Rochester, NY, 2008.
506 ITE Student Chapter, Purdue University, West
430 Kittelson & Associates, Portland, OR, 2002– Lafayette, IN, 2013.
2008.
507 ITE Student Chapter, Arizona State University,
431–432 Traffic Planning and Design, Pottstown, PA, Tempe, AZ, 2013.
2002–2008.
509 ITE Student Chapter, University of Waterloo,
433 Horner and Canter Associates, Medford, NJ, Waterloo, ON, 2013.
1997–2008.
510 Penfield & Smith, Camarillo, CA, 2012.
434 Hatch Mott MacDonald, Gilroy, CA, 2008.
511 City of Overland Park, Overland Park, KS,
435 Heffernan & Associates, Scottsdale, AZ, 2003. 2012.
436 Greenman–Pedersen, Nashua, NH, 2002– 512 Hexagon Transportation Consultants, San
2008. Jose, CA, 2012.
437 University of Colorado, Denver, CO, 2009. 514 KZA Engineering, Manasquan, NJ, 2011.
438 Fehr & Peers, Santa Monica, CA, 2002–2008. 516 ITE Student Chapter, Brigham Young
439 Traffic Planning and Design, Pottstown, PA, University, Provo, UT, 2011.
1999–2009. 517 ITE Student Chapter, University of Hawaii,
Manoa, HI, 2011.

518 ITE Student Chapter, Montana State University, 548 R.J. Burnside & Associates, Pickering, ON,
Bozeman, MT, 2011. 2018.
519 ITE Student Chapter, California State 551 ITE Student Chapter, Montana State University,
Polytechnic University, Pomona, CA, 2012– Bozeman, MT, 2018.
2017. 552 Kittelson & Associates, Portland, OR, 2018.
520 ITE Student Chapter, Oregon State University, 553 Cameron Engineering, Woodbury, NY, 2018.
Corvallis, OR, 2012–2104.
554 City of Scottsdale, Scottsdale, AZ, 2018.
521 ITE Student Chapter, Portland State University,
Portland, OR, 2006–2009. 555–558 Spack Consulting, St. Louis Park, MN, 2018.
522 ITE Student Chapter, University of California, 560–572 Texas Department of Transportation, Austin, TX,
Berkeley, 2012, 2017. 2013.
523 ITE Student Chapter, University of Washington, 573 Mackenzie, Portland, OR, 2018.
2008–2016. 575 DKS and Associates, Portland, OR, 2010–
525 Kevin Hooper Associates, Falmouth, ME, 2012. 2018.
526 Jake Traffic Engineering, Seattle, WA, 2016. 576 Linscott, Law & Greenspan, Costa Mesa, CA,
2012.
527–528 City of Tumwater, Tumwater, WA, 2014.
577 City of Oakland, Oakland, CA, 2013.
529 City of Sandy, Sandy, UT, 2016.
578 Santa Clara Valley Transportation Authority,
530 Cameron Engineering, Woodbury, NY, 2018. San Jose, CA, 2010.
531 Robson Forensic, Lancaster, PA, 2018. 579–580 Cervero, Adkins & Sullivan. Journal of Public
532 DKS and Associates, Santa Ana, CA, 2016. Transportation (Vol. 13, No. 2, 2010).
533 The Traffic Group, Baltimore, MD, 2018. 581 Fehr & Peers, Santa Monica, CA, 2012.
534 PSOMAS, Tucson, AZ, 2018. 582 Wilbur Smith Associates, San Francisco, CA,
2011.
535–538 Metropolitan Area Planning Council. “Metro
Boston Perfect Fit Parking Initiative.” Boston, 583–586 District Department of Transportation,
MA, 2017. Washington, DC, 2018.
539 Milone & MacBroom, Cheshire, CT, 2013. 587 Tian, G., Ewing, R., Weinberger, R. et al.
“Trip and Parking Generation at Transit–
540 Traffic Planning & Design, Pottstown, PA,
Oriented Developments,” National Institute for
2018.
Transportation and Communities. Transportation
541 Kittelson & Associates, Portland, OR, 2018. 44: 1235, 2017.
542 City of Lethbridge, Lethbridge, AB, 2015. 588 City of Dallas, Dallas, TX, 2018.
543 Placeworks, Santa Ana, CA, 2018. 589 S&ME, Orlando, FL, 2018.
544–547 University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI, 2018.

Appendix B: Seasonal Variation Data
Appendix B presents information on seasonal variation in sales and revenue at various land uses.
The data may provide an indication of the magnitude of fluctuations in parking demand in different
months of the year. This indication can inform an analyst of (1) the appropriate months during which
to collect parking demand data that represent a typical condition and (2) the months of the year for
which the application of the typical data in Parking Generation Manual is appropriate.
The monthly variation data presented in the tables below represent sales data. The analyst is
cautioned that there may not be a direct linear correlation between sales volume and parking
demand, for several reasons, including the following:
●● The data represent sales volume, not the number of customers. The basket size (dollar
amount and number of items) likely changes by time of year. A 30 percent increase in sales
volume in December does not necessarily translate to 30 percent more shoppers or parking
demand. If the average sale per customer is 30 percent higher in that particular month than the
annual average, then a 30 percent increase in overall sales may translate to very little difference
in parking demand.
●● Average parking duration may also vary seasonally. For example, an increase in average
parking duration during the period of peak parking demand in a given month will increase the
number of parked vehicles during the peak period.
●● The data are an accumulation of national sales. A particular region could certainly exhibit a
different seasonal variation (e.g., a region with significant seasonal residency and tourism).
●● The data correspond to individual months, not to a day of the week. A 30 percent increase in
sales in one particular month does not necessarily mean a 30 percent increase in sales both on
weekdays and weekends.
●● Data may not correspond to changes in parking demand during the peak period for a land use.
For example, increased sales may be spread over a wider peak period than during other months
of the year.
Tables B1 through B4 present data on monthly variations in retail sales for several classifications
for Kind of Business used by the United States Census Bureau. The table data are based on year
2017 sales in the “Monthly Retail Sales & Seasonal Factors 1992–Present (Adjusted)” spreadsheets
posted at https://www.census.gov/retail/index.html
Appendix B: Seasonal Variation Data 809

Table B1. Month-by-Month Variation in Retail Sales
Food Services and

Kind of Business Grocery Stores Food and Beverage Stores Drinking Places
Applicable ITE
850 851, 853, 899, 960 932 through 940, 970
Land Use Codes
Month Percent of Average Month
January 100 98 93
February 92 91 92
March 101 100 106
April 98 98 101
May 104 104 106
June 100 100 102
July 101 102 101
August 102 102 104
September 97 96 96
October 100 100 100
November 101 102 98
December 104 107 101

General Merchandise Clothing and Clothing Health and Personal

Kind of Business Stores Accessories Stores Care Stores
Applicable ITE 813 through 815*,

876 880, 881
Land Use Codes 820*, 857*
January 87 73 99
February 87 84 93
March 99 97 100
April 94 96 100
May 101 104 102
June 98 94 97
July 97 96 99
August 102 106 101
September 93 88 96
October 98 95 102
November 111 113 98
Note: * designates land use codes for which data plots for December parking demand are presented
in Chapter 6 and in ITEParkGen web app.

Sporting Goods, Hobby,

Furniture & Home Musical Instrument and Electronics and
Kind of Business Furnishing Stores Book Stores Appliance Stores
Applicable ITE
869, 890, 892 861, 868 863
Land Use Codes
January 91 87 93
February 88 80 89
March 100 96 95
April 94 92 87
May 102 96 92
June 96 95 93
July 101 94 93
August 104 109 98
September 97 92 95
October 101 92 94
November 109 112 124

Motor Vehicle & Building Materials, Garden

Kind of Business Parts Dealers Equipment and Supply Dealers
Applicable ITE Land Use Codes 840 through 848, 943 812, 862
January 89 81
February 91 79
March 107 96
April 101 111
May 109 125
June 102 110
July 106 109
August 108 102
September 96 97
October 99 104
November 94 96
December 99 91

Table B5 presents data on monthly variations in monthly box office sales for United States movie
theaters for the 5-year period 2013 through 2017. The table data are presented two different
ways. One column has the peak month for sales, December, as the 100 value. The other column
uses a typical month, June, as the 100 value. Data are extracted from spreadsheets posted at
https://www.boxofficemojo.com.
Table B5. Month-by-Month Variation in Domestic Movie Sales, 2013 through 2017
Percent of Peak Month
January 23
February 39
March 57
April 35
May 66
June 72
July 69
August 42
September 34
October 36
November 74
December 100

Appendix C: Parking Generation Data Collection
Appendix C presents a framework for the collection of data pertinent to parking generation
estimates. The framework is structured to be straightforward, easily replicated, and adaptable to any
potential land use and development type.
This appendix outlines a process that can be used to collect parking demand data, presents a
standard data collection form and provides a call for additional parking data collection. As the
product of a volunteer effort, Parking Generation Manual depends upon research and data collection
conducted by people interested in parking demand.
Establish Data Collection Purpose
The first step in any data collection effort is to establish its purpose in clear and precise terms. For
parking generation, there are several generic possibilities:
●● Establish a parking generation rate that is applicable to a specific local condition
●● Provide data points for a land use not covered in Parking Generation Manual
●● Provide additional data points for a current Parking Generation Manual data plot
●● Provide data points that expand the range of independent variable values in a current data plot
●● Provide data points for a time period not covered in a current data plot
●● Provide data points for a setting not covered in a current data plot
●● Provide data points for a land use subcategory not covered in a current data plot
Based on this overall purpose of the data collection effort, the analyst can specify some target
characteristics of the site or sites to be surveyed, including the following:
●● A specific land use
●● A target range of sizes (or other independent variable)
●● The time period to be surveyed (day of the week and month of the year)
●● The setting of the study site (i.e., general urban/suburban, dense multi-use urban, center city
core, rural)
●● The proximity of the study site to a rail transit station
●● A subcategory of the land use classification (e.g., type of affordable housing)
The definition of the data collection purpose dictates the parking demand data to be collected,
general criteria for the type and setting of sites at which to collect data, and the time period(s) to be
covered by the data collection effort.
Select Study Site(s)
The selected study site or sites must satisfy the stated purpose of the data collection effort (i.e., land
use type, setting within urban area, range of independent variable values).
Appendix C: Parking Generation Data Collection 815

All parking associated with the study site (e.g., customer, visitor, resident, employee) needs to
be counted. Parked vehicles could be on-site, in a shared lot, in a remote lot, or on-street. It is
preferable for the count of parked vehicles to be counted visually. However, for a site in a dense
multi-use urban area or a in a center city core, it may be necessary to conduct a survey of persons
entering and exiting a study site to determine parking demand.
The study site should have reasonably full occupancy (85 percent or greater is desirable) and
appear to be economically healthy. The percent occupancy at the time of the survey is important and
should be recorded.
Independent variable data must be available from either straightforward field observation (e.g., number
of batting cages, movie screens, golf holes) or from the study site owner or property manager.
There should be minimal or no construction activity on the site or on adjacent roadways.
Obtain Permission and Cooperation of Property Management
The analyst or data collection supervisor should contact (and meet, if necessary) property
management to obtain permission to conduct a parking generation study, to discuss the purpose and
procedures of the data collection effort, to ensure that normal site activities will not be interfered, and
to emphasize that no proprietary or sensitive information will be divulged. This contact or meeting will
also be the opportunity to collect necessary background information on the study site characteristics
(see Table C.1). An offer can be made to share the results of the survey with the owner/manager.
In most cases, the property owner or manager will communicate directly with site tenants, residents,
or businesses about the date and extent of the parking demand survey. In some cases, the data
collection supervisor may need to initiate these contacts.
Define Duration of Parking Demand Count
Observation counts (and interviews, if applicable) should be conducted for as many hours as
practical, making sure that the peak period of parking demand is covered. There are two potential
sources of information to guide this decision.
●● The land use description pages in Chapter 6 present complete time-of-day parking demand
distribution tables for land use databases that include study sites with at least six consecutive
hours of parking demand counts
●● The data plot pages for each individual land use present a peak period that typically covers the
hours during which parking demand is on average at least 85 percent of the peak demand for the
sites in the database
For any given survey day, observations should always obtain the peak period parking demand for
the site. The site owner or manager staff can also be of assistance in determining the peak times (for
example, hours, days, months) for an appropriate parking survey.

Determine Independent Variable(s) and Identify Values
An independent variable is a physical, measurable and predictable characteristic of a study site

(such as gross floor area, number of students, or number of dwelling units) that has a direct
relationship to the number of vehicles parked at the study site. The analyst should identify potential
independent variables for the study site and collect as many as are available and appropriate.
The data for the independent variable could be provided on site plan documents (e.g., building
area, dwelling units, seats) or need to be obtained from property management (e.g., daily patients,
employees, attendees).The data plots in Chapter 6 relate parking demand to key independent
variables for each land use.
For a shopping center, parking demand may vary significantly with the percentage of gross
leasable area (GLA) devoted to restaurant or entertainment activity. This additional variable should
be collected as part of the survey and recorded under “Notes” in the data form at the end of this
appendix. Restaurants include any eating/drinking establishment, fast food restaurant, or other food
service-related activity. Entertainment includes any theater space, amusement park, nightclub, or
other entertainment activity. This information should be provided for any shopping center (Land Use
code 820) survey, shown as a percentage of the total GLA of shopping center area.
Collect Background Data
Table C1 presents study site descriptive information that should be collected.
The occupancy of a study site must be obtained when performing parking demand surveys.
Occupancy is the amount of subject land use that has active use. It should be noted that building
management or leasing staff commonly view space that is leased but not moved into as “occupied.”
For the purpose of a parking generation survey, this type of space is considered vacant. As
demonstrations of occupancy calculations:
●● A 250-room hotel at which 188 rooms are occupied on the day of survey is considered 75
percent occupied
●● A 200-unit multifamily residence that has 30 vacant units and 10 leased units that have not yet
been occupied is considered 80 percent occupied

●● A 100,000 square feet GFA office building with 5,000 square feet vacant and 5,000 square feet
leased but not yet occupied is considered 90 percent occupied.
The study site occupancy information is critical background data for the purpose of analyzing parking
demand and developing accurate parking demand ratios for a land use. A site that is less than 85
percent occupied should typically not be surveyed.
The availability or absence of any nearby transit service should be noted. The distance to the
closest rail transit station should be determined. The types and level of bus service within three
blocks (or less than 1,000 ft.) of the study site should be described in the description of the site. It is
desirable to compile information about the quality of transit service (if possible, frequency of service
and number of routes)

Table C1 Descriptive Information for a Data Collection Site
Information Comments
Overall Characteristics of Site
Name Common name for the overall site.
Address Street address, city, state/province, country.
Site Maturity The site should be fully occupied (or nearly so), mature (occupied for at least two
and Occupancy years), and considered successful locally. As examples, an occupancy of 85 percent is
a reasonable lower limit for an office building; occupancy for a retail site or a multifamily
residence is likely to be higher (perhaps 90 percent); a successful hotel could have a
lower room occupancy (perhaps 75 percent).
Mix of Tenants Primary tenant (that is, the tenant(s) that serves as the primary driving force behind the
overall site); whether the site has a truly unique tenant.
Physical Characteristics of Site
Site Plan with Site diagram, sketch, plan, or aerial photo of the site that shows
Locations ●● Overall site layout with building footprints;
and Types of ●● Building entrances and pedestrian pathways;
Access ●● Site access points for motorists (including delivery and service vehicles),
pedestrians (including transit patrons), and bicyclists; and

●● Type of traffic control at or serving each access point (signalized or unsignalized).
Land Use(s) Primary land use (or land uses at a mixed-use site) within the site in accordance with
Parking Generation Manual land use codes.
Building Size(s) Building size(s) in development units such as office building square footage (GSF),
amount of leased retail space (GLA), number of restaurant or theater seats, or number
of residential units. Also obtain the number of stories.
Building Building occupancy (actual occupied space or units, not just leased). In a multi-tenant
Occupancy building, contact the property manager, leasing agent, or owner to obtain occupied
space data.
On-Site Parking Quantity of on-site spaces; type of parking facility (either surface or garage); and
nominal daily/hourly cost and time restrictions.
Setting/Context of Site within Surrounding Region
Location Center city core, dense multi-use urban, general urban/suburban, rural (refer to
within Urban Chapter 3 for definitions).
Area (General
Setting)
Adjacent Land Degree to which nearby off-site land uses compete with or complement those on-site.
Use Description
Proximity to Walk distance to rail or rapid transit station.

Rail Transit
Off-Site Parking Proximity of off-site parking available for site (including pricing).

One of the variables requested in Table C1 is the setting of the study site. Four area types are
provided: center city core, dense multi-use urban, general urban/suburban, and rural. These are
defined in Chapter 3.
A study site that has implemented transportation demand management (TDM) measures should
be noted because these strategies may affect parking demand. Demand management strategies
might include a transportation coordinator, preferred carpool parking, van/carpool coordination or
incentives, transit passes, or subsidies for non-single occupancy vehicle travel (such as a cash-
out program or transportation allowance, parking restriction, pricing, or other similar management
measure). By documenting the presence of these measures, further grouping of parking demand
data may be possible in the future.
It is important to document the level of parking pricing; if parking is free, note as such on the form.
Research has indicated that parking fees can affect parking demand. Without this information provided
in surveys, parking demand can be misrepresented for a site that has fees for parking compared to
those with unpriced parking. While the site may not charge for parking, it is equally important to note
“zero” parking price on the data collection form so that the unpriced parking sites can be properly
grouped. By including parking price, future analysis of parking demand characteristics associated with
paid parking can be assessed when greater data availability is provided.
The number of parking spaces that are provided for the study site should be counted to establish
the parking supply. While these data do not provide information regarding demand, they provide a
comparison of how much parking owners and developers have decided to provide for given land uses.
Conduct Parking Demand Observations
The methodology for conducting parking surveys is outlined in the ITE Manual of Transportation
Engineering Studies. The objective of the survey is to count the number of vehicles parked at the
time of peak parking demand and at various other times during the day. In conducting the parking
demand surveys, the analyst should make sure that all employee, customer, visitor and resident
parking associated with the subject land use can be observed (including on-site parking, adjacent
on-street parking, and remote parking associated with the study site). Parking observations can be
made multiple times within an hour or once in an hour (depending on how variable the demand for
parking is). However, only the highest observed parking demand should be entered for the specific
hour in the data survey forms. Hours are defined as the time that the hour begins (for example the
hour from 12:00 to 1:00 p.m. is the hour beginning at 12:00 p.m.).
Observation counts are typically recorded on a form (or computer tablet) with separate data entry
fields for different sectors of parking spaces within a parking lot.
For a parking facility with a high percentage of its spaces occupied, it can be more efficient for a data
collector to count vacant spaces rather than parked vehicles.

A parking demand count can be derived from a site vehicle trip generation count (i.e., a comprehensive
count of vehicles entering and exiting a parking lot) if the following four conditions are met:
●● The number of parked vehicles is observed immediately before and after the vehicle trip
generation count
●● The vehicles entering and exiting the parking lot represent all vehicle trips generated by the
study site
●● The vehicles entering and exiting the parking lot represent represent only the vehicle trips generated
by the study site

●● The land use does not include vehicles that stand at the study site (e.g., for pick-up or drop-off at
a school; drive-through customer at a fast-food restaurant) unless the trip generation count can
distinguish between vehicles destined to park or to stand
A comprehensive count of motor vehicle parking is the primary subject of Parking Generation
Manual. At the same time, a surveyor may observe other parking activity of interest. Following are
some basic guidelines for what to include in the vehicle count and what not to include:
●● A truck, trailer, trash compactor, or other object in a loading dock area that consumes a parking
space should not be included in the count of vehicle parking demand

●● An illegally parked vehicle associated with the land use should be counted
●● A vehicle taking up two parking spaces should be counted as a single vehicle
●● A vehicle queued in a drive-through facility or pick up/drop off zone should not be counted as
vehicle parking demand but should be counted separately to provide information on this activity (if
the vehicles park in the parking facility spaces and conduct this activity they should be counted)
●● A delivery vehicle using a parking space should be counted, but not if parked in a truck loading
area/dock (it can be observed and counted separately, if desired)

●● A motorcycle parked in a vehicle space should be counted as a parked vehicle
●● A vehicle parked in an accessible parking stall should be counted in the parking demand (they
also can be separated out, if desired)
Bicycle parking should not be counted in the vehicle parking observation, but the analyst is
encouraged to count bicycles separately and submit the data to ITE.
Conduct Interview Surveys as Necessary
Many study sites are sufficiently isolated that the number of parked vehicles associated with the
study site can be determined through simple visual observation (i.e., a count of vehicles in a parking
lot, a count of vehicles parked on-street and adjacent to the study site).
For other study sites, observations alone may not be adequate to determine the number of parked
vehicles associated with the site. A couple examples where an observation count is likely not
sufficient are (1) a study site where parking supply is shared with another site or land use and (2)
a study site where a motorist who walks to and from an off-site parking location cannot be visually
distinguished from a person whose travel mode is by transit or as a pedestrian. Under those
circumstances, data collection may require the interview of a sample of persons entering and exiting
the site to determine whether they are walking to or from a parked vehicle (which should then be
included in the parking demand count for the study site).

Interviewers can typically interview only a sample of all people entering or exiting a building or site
entrance. Therefore, it is necessary to also conduct a count of all people entering and exiting each
interview location so that the interview data can be factored to represent the universe of all person
trips at that entrance. In addition, the factoring will account for different sampling rates at a site with
multiple interview points.
Both the purpose of the data collection effort and the characteristics of the data collection site dictate
whether an observation count will suffice or if a combination of interviews and counts is necessary. If
it is possible and practical to conduct the necessary data collection by observation counts alone, it is
preferable to do so. A count requires fewer resources.
Submit Parking Demand Data to ITE
A sample parking generation survey summary form is presented on the following page. Hard
copy Parking Generation data collection forms are available on the ITE website at:
https://www.ite.org/technical-resources/topics/trip-and-parking-generation. Data may also be
submitted through direct transmittal of electronic files to the ITE Parking Generation email
address presented below.
Completed forms should be returned to ITE at the address below. The submittal should include a
brief report that presents the day and date of data collection, the data collection results and the site-
specific information listed in Table C1.

Telephone: +1 202-785-0060
Fax: +1 202-785-0609
www.ite.org
Questions and Comments
Questions and comments regarding Parking Generation Manual should be addressed to:

Telephone: 202-785-0060
Fax: 202-785-0609
www.ite.org


Parking Generation Manual 5th Edition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Parking Generation Manual 5th Edition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Parking Generation Manual

INSTITUTE OF TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERS

INSTITUTE OF TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERS

ii Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition

Institute of Transportation Engineers

Founded in 1930, ITE is a community of transportation professionals including, transportation engineers,

Institute of Transportation Engineers

Publication No. IR-034D

iv Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition

Preface....................................................... ix Chapter 4. Database Description............ 17

Port and Terminal 433 Batting Cages

vi Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition

843 Automobile Parts Sales 939 Bread/Donut/Bagel Shop without

x Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition

(Letters in parentheses indicate ITE member grade: M—Member, F—Fellow)

Parking Generation Manual is organized in six chapters.

Chapter 2 identifies significant changes from the 4th edition.

resources such as the parking demand data collection form.

agencies, and private consultants to collect additional data

●● Maintains a database for parking generation analyses and summarization

2 Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition

Completed forms should be returned to ITE at the following address:

Institute of Transportation Engineers

Questions and Comments

Institute of Transportation Engineers

ITEParkGen Web App

Land Use Codes

●● Specialty Trade Contractor (180)

●● Affordable Housing (223)

●● Batting Cages (433)

●● School District Office (538)

●● Free-Standing Emergency Room (650)

●● Small Office Building (712)

●● Variety Store (814)

●● Automobile Sales (New) (840)

●● Automobile Sales (Used) (841)

●● Recreational Vehicle Sales (842)

●● Wholesale Market (860)

●● Discount Home Furnishing Superstore (869)

●● Marijuana Dispensary (882)

●● Fast Casual Restaurant (930)

●● Quick Lubrication Vehicle Shop (941)

●● Automobile Parts and Service Center (943)

●● Super Convenience Market/Gas Station (960)

Changes Since the 4th Edition 5

Lot with Bus or Light Rail Service (090)

collected prior to 1980

Super Convenience Market/Gasoline Station (960)

●● Liquor Store (859) was renumbered Liquor Store (899)

are no longer being developed

over data validity

expected peak periods

Definitions of Terms, Independent Variables, and Time Periods

6 Parking Generation Manual, 5th Edition

Land Uses with One Data Point

In previous editions of Parking Generation Manual, land use/independent variable/time period

Data Plot Statistics

Changes Since the 4th Edition 7

●● Land Use Subcategories

●● Data Page Terms

●● Land Use Description Page Terms

General Urban/Suburban—an area associated with almost homogeneous vehicle-centered

Fitted Curve Equation: * R²= *

0.06 0.06 - 0.06 * / * * * ( *** )